Products and news for the dental professionAll too often, modalities of therapy are

perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary Screen-

reader users, click here to turn off Google Instant.

+sadish

`
A n n a l s o f D e n t a l S p e c i a l t y 2 0 1 3 ; V o l u m e 0 1 , I s s u e 01
4
Esthetics considerations in the selection of teeth for complete denture
patients: A Review
Nafis Ahmad,
1
Musharib Ahmed
2
, Zeba Jafri
3
Introduction
Teeth selection is not simply a mechanical procedure, but
requires dexterity and knowledge of biology. Selection of

teeth forms an important step before teeth arrangement.

1
Objective of teeth selection-It is to create a dentofacial
harmony. An acceptable cosmetic effect in any dental
restoration has always been regarded as important to good
dentistry. A well-made prosthesis will fail if it is deficient
in this respect. Esthetics includes the appreciation and
response to the beautiful in art and nature. Esthetics has
been given many definitions in dentistry but according to
Young. It is apparent that beauty, harmony, naturalness
and individuality are major qualities of esthetics.
2
The
dentist must visualize esthetics in relation to the patient and
then translate that visualization into an acceptable esthetic
result. The success of Dentist efforts depends upon his
artistic ability, his powers of observation and his
experience.
METHODOLOGY
I] Pre extraction records
Diagnostic casts: of patients natural teeth or restored teeth
prior to extraction of remaining teeth.
Recent photographs: They will often provide general
information about the width of the teeth and possibly their
outline form that is more accurate than information from
any other source.
Radiograph of teeth: Radiographs made before the natural
teeth were lost can supply information about the size and
form of the teeth to be replaced.
1
Radiographic images are
however always enlarged and may be distorted because of
divergence of the x-ray.
II] Post-extraction examination Size and form of edentulous
foundation, matching teeth to face forms and arch forms. If
patient is already a denture wearer, mouth should be
examined with the dentures in the mouth giving importance
to physiological and aesthetic aspects.
Factors influencing size and form of anterior teeth
Size of face, Amount of available inter-arch space,
measured distance between distal of right and left maxillary
cuspids, Length of lips, Size and relation of arches and Sex
of the patient are the main factors which influenced the size
and form of anterior teeth.
3
Size of anterior teeth

Length
Normally necks of anterior teeth overlap the anterior
ridge by 2-3mm cervically and incisal edges will show
below the relaxed lip.
Width
Measuring width of anterior teeth
Mark corners of the mouth on the occlusal rim in the mouth
and the distal surface of the upper canines can be indicated
by marks made on the upper rim at the corners of the
mouth. Then the distance between the marks is measured
around the labial surface of the occlusal rim and anterior
teeth of this width are arranged as indicated by the occlusal
rim. A variation depends upon: Length of upper lip,
Mobility of upper lip, Vertical height of occlusion and
Vertical overlap.
4,5
Abstract
The selection of artificial teeth for an edentulous patient is a most important and often
difficult problem for the dentist.
He should select teeth which not only embody the proper form and size, but the most
ideal shade as well. The art of
selection of teeth for edentulous patients has been lost in the maze of tooth guides,
folders and pamphlets and the
numerous methods of selection advocated by researchers. An attempt has been made
in this paper to briefly describe the
various methods advocated in the literature and to reach a practical method. For the
sake of clarity and simplicity, the
matter has been dealt with deferent aspects of geometrical analysis of face form, arch
form, facial profile and other
parameters like age, sex and personality of the patients.
Key Words: - Artificial Teeth, Edentulous Patients, Dento-facial Harmony, Pre-Extraction
Records, Dentogenics.
REVIEW ARTICLE
ISSN (ONLINE): 2321 - 8436
`
A n n a l s o f D e n t a l S p e c i a l t y 2 0 1 3 ; V o l u m e 0 1 , I s s u e 01
5
Ahmad N et al
Form of anterior teeth
Based on face form:
Classification of face form by Leon Williams:
It consists of two imaginary lines passing about 2.5cm
in front of the tragus of the ear and through the angle of
the jaw.
Based on arch form:
Based on profile of the face
The labial surface of the tooth viewed from the mesial

aspects should show a contour similar to that when viewed

in profile.
The labial surface of the tooth viewed from the incisal
aspect should show a convexity or flatness similar to that
seen when the face is viewed from under the chin or from
the top of the head.
6
Relationship of upper arch and upper incisors
V shaped arch teeth narrower at the neck than the incisal
edge.
Rounded arch ovoid teeth.
Squarish arch parallel sided incisors.
Colour of teeth
Knowledge of physics, physiology, and psychology of
Colour is valuable in the selection of teeth Colour. Hue,
Saturation, Colour of Teeth, Brilliance, and Translucency
are the parameters to select colour of the tooth.
7,8
Hue: It is the specific Colour produced by a specific
wavelength of light acting on the retina. The hue of teeth
must be in harmony with the Colour of patients face.
Saturation: It is the amount of Colour per unit area of an
object.
Brilliance: It is the lightness or darkness of an object.
People with fair complexion generally have teeth with less
Colour and the Colours are less saturated. Thus, the teeth
are lighter and in harmony with the Colours of the face.
People with dark complexions generally have darker teeth
that are in harmony with the colour of the face.
9,1
Characteristics of natural teeth Neck of tooth has more
pronounced Colour than incisal edge. The incisal edge, if
unworn is more translucent than the body of the tooth.
Maxillary central incisors are lightest teeth in the mouth,
maxillary laterals and mandibular incisors are slightly
darker. Canines are still darker. Posterior teeth are usually
uniform in colour and slightly lighter than canines. Teeth
darken with age.
10
Translucency: It is the property of an object that permits
the passage of light through it but does not give any
distinguishable image.
Suggestions for selecting the teeth: Always moisten the
shade guide because when in mouth, the teeth are always
moist and this has an effect on the reflection and refraction
of light and hence the Colour. Always place the teeth in the

shade of the upper lip in position they are to occupy. They

will appear darker in this position than in hand. Select teeth
under natural light. Attempts to look at the face as a whole
rather than focus on teeth.
Selection of posterior teeth
The cuspal inclines for posterior teeth depend on the plan /
scheme of occlusion selected by the dentist. Commonly
used posterior cuspal inclinations are 33, 20 and 0. The
inclination is measured as the angle formed by the mesio -buccal cusp of lower molar
with the horizontal.
10,11
Selection includes
Shade, Size, Buccolingual width, Mesiodistal length,
Vertical length, Number and Form
Shade:
It should harmonize with the shade of the anterior teeth.
Bulk influences the shade of the teeth and for this reason it
is advisable to select a slightly lighter shade for the
bicuspids if they are to be arranged for aesthetics. They
may be slightly lighter than the other posterior teeth but not
lighter than anterior teeth.
12
`
A n n a l s o f D e n t a l S p e c i a l t y 2 0 1 3 ; V o l u m e 0 1 , I s s u e 01
6
Ahmad N et al
Size and member of posterior teeth:
The size and number of posterior teeth are closely related to
usage. These characteristics are dictated by the anatomy of
the surrounding oral environment and physiologic
acceptance of supporting tissues. The posterior teeth must
support the cheeks and tongue and function in harmony
with the musculature in swallowing and speaking as well as
in mastication.
Buccolingual width of posterior teeth:
The buccolingual width of artificial teeth should be greatly
reduced from the width of natural teeth they replace.
Artificial teeth that are narrow in buccolingual direction
enhance the development of the correct form of the
polished surfaces of the denture by allowing the buccal and
lingual denture flanges to slope away from the occlusal
surfaces. This occlusal form permits forces from the cheeks
and tongue to maintain the dentures in position on the
residual ridges. Narrow occlusal surfaces with proper
escape ways for food also reduce the amount of stress
applied on food during mastication to the supporting tissues

of the basal seat on the other hand the posterior teeth should
have sufficient width to act as table upon which to hold
food during trituration.
Mesiodistal width of posterior teeth:
The mesiodistal width of posterior teeth is determined by
the edentulous area between the distal of the mandibular
cuspids and the ascending area of the mandible. After the
six mandibular anterior teeth have been placed in their final
position a point is marked on the crest of the mandibular
ridge at the anterior border of the retro molar pad. This is
the maximum extent posteriorly of any artificial teeth on
the mandibular ridge. In well-formed ridge the apex of the
retro molar pad is taken as posterior level and is resorbed
ridges the point where retro molar pad turns upward.
12
Vertical length of buccal surface of posterior teeth
It is best to select posterior teeth corresponding to the inter -arch space and to the
length of the anterior teeth. The length
of the maxillary first premolars should be comparable to
that of the maxillary canines to have the proper aesthetic
effect.
Less wear resistance: Tendency to dull in appearance
during use as a result of loss of surface luster. Care should
be taken when polishing the denture to prevent undesirable
modifications in tooth contour.
Teeth Arrangement
In prosthodontics the term arrangement would refer to a
procedure of locating, tilting, rotating and spacing artificial
tooth/teeth in relation to the plane of reference and to each
other with the object of creating a natural appeal and based
on biomechanical requirements of complete denture
treatment. General position of each of the tooth is such that
the imaginary root passes through restored ridge contour of
maxillary foundation.
13
Table 1: - Relation of tooth to the frontal plane:
Arrangement of mandibular anterior teeth
Lower central and lower anterior teeth are placed upright.
Lower canines are mesially tilted sleeping canines. The
lower anterior teeth are placed in a mesial relation to the
upper anterior teeth. There is horizontal overlap of about 2-3mm. There is a vertical
overlap of about 1-2mm.
Arrangement of Posterior Teeth
Relationship of teeth to cast:
In mandible bone loss occurs from both buccal and lingual
sides in downward direction, since natural posterior teeth

are lingually inclined, the artificial teeth can be set right

over the lower ridge without encroaching on the space
occupied by the cheek / tongue. In maxillae, the loss is
entirely from buccal and labial surfaces and hence the
residual ridge lays slightly more palatally all round. The
maxillary posteriors are placed slightly lateral to the crest.
In order to reduce the tipping forces on the lower denture, a
compromise is done by not placing the upper teeth on the
crest of the ridge which would otherwise result in
discrepancy in occlusion.
13,14
DENTOGENICS
Sex Factor
Expression of feminine characteristics
From her finger tips to her smile ----- A woman is
feminine.
An excellent beginning is to select initially a mold which
express soften anatomic characteristics or one which is
highly adaptable to being shaped and formed into a dictate
type of tooth by certain grinding procedures. The
interpretation of feminity will keep to the spherical form
instead of circular so as to identify the third dimension. The
basic feminine form should however be harmonized with
the individual patient. The individual is accomplished by
Angulations
Maxillary
Central
incisor
Maxillary
Lateral incisor
Maxillary
Canine
Labial
inclination
Slight
inclination
Relatively more
labial
inclination and
cervical
depression than
C.I.
Located in
upright manner
cervical
portion of the

tooth should be
more prominent
Relation of
tooth to
clinical
midline
Reveals very
slight mesial
inclination
Shows
relatively more
mesial
inclination than
central incisor
Is placed in a
upright manner
Relation of
incisal edge to
midsagittal
plane
(rotation).
Reveals an
angle a little
less than 90
to the sagittal
plane
Reveals an
angle of 30 to
sagittal plane
Reveals an
angle of 45 to
sagittal plane
Relation of
incisal edge to
occlusal plane
Is in contact
with occlusal
plane
Remains -1mm away from
the occlusal
plane
Canine tip
remains in
contact with the
occlusal plane
`

A n n a l s o f D e n t a l S p e c i a l t y 2 0 1 3 ; V o l u m e 0 1 , I s s u e 01
7
Ahmad N et al
definite grinding procedures where the incisal edges must
follow a curve rather than a straight line.
15,16,17
Expression of masculine characteristics:
From his fists to his mouth. A man is masculine. A basic
tooth form which expresses masculine characteristics shows
vigor, boldness and hardness.
Personality Factors
He should be concerned with the personality of a patient
when constructing a denture because this is our best
measure of his priceless individuality and the most reliable
source of knowledge by which we may express his dignity
through prosthodontic methods. The comprehensive use o f
personality depends upon our manipulation of tooth shapes
(molds), tooth Colours, tooth posterior and the matrix
(visible denture base) of these teeth.
16,17
Age factors
There is beauty in age as well as in youth, but in fact age
has the edge. It is routine first to consider light shades for
young people and darker shades for older ones. Age in the
artificial tooth must also be accompanied by mold
refinement. In the artificial tooth, we may reflect the
appropriate age effects by such means as grinding the
incisal edges and removing the incisal enamel at such an
inclination and to such depth as to convey reality to the
composition. The sharp tip of cuspid suggests youth and as
age increases it should be judiciously shaped, not abruptly
ground so as it imply abrasion against opposing teeth. The
erosion imparted to artificial teeth by careful grinding and
polishing very efficiently conveys the illusion of vigour and
advanced age.
17,18,19
Conclusion
There are no definite guidelines for selection of posterior
teeth. But it mainly depends on the type of patient and the
condition of the supporting tissues. And hence, the
selection of teeth is the responsibility of the dentist whic h
he acquires through knowledge and experience.
References
1. Hayward DE. Use of natural upper teeth in
complete dentures. J. Prosthet. Dent. 1968;19(4):
359 363.

2. Young HA. Selecting the anterior tooth mold. J.

Prosthet. Dent. 1954; 4: 748 760.
3. Kern BE. Anthropometric parameters of tooth
selection. J. Prosthet. Dent. 1967;17(5): 431 437.
4. Mavroskoufis F, Ritchie GM. The face-form as a
guide for the selection of maxillary central
incisors. J. Prosthet. Dent 1980;43: 501 505.
5. Mavroskoufis F, Ritchie GM. Nasal width and
incisive papilla as guides for the selection and
arrangement of maxillary anterior teeth. J.
Prosthet. Dent. 1981;45(6): 592 597.
6. Clapp GW. How the science of esthetic tooth form
selection was made easy. J. Prosthet. Dent. 1955;5:
596 608.
7. Dorlands Illustrated Medical Dictionary. W.B.
Saunders, 28
th
Ed. Pg 1666.
8. Levin EI. Dental esthetics and the Golden
proportions. J. Prosthet. Dent 1978;40(3): 244
252.
9. Krajicek DD. Personalized acrylic resin anterior
teeth. J. Prosthet. Dent. 1956;6: 29.
10. Hickey JC, Zarb GA, Bolender CL, (1985):
Bouchers prosthodontic treatment for edentulous
patients, 9
th
Ed., Mosby, S. Louis.
11. Heartwell CM and Rahn AO (1986): Syllabus of
complete dentures, 4
th
Ed., Lea and Febiger,
Philadelphia.
12. Fenn, Lidelow, Gimson (1989): Clinical Dental
Prosthetics, 3
rd
Ed., Wright.
13. Picard CF. Complete denture esthetics. J. Prosthet.
Dent. 1958;8: 252.
14. Kafandaris NM and Theodorou TP. Complete
denture technique using natural teeth. J. Prosthet.
Dent. 1974;33: 571.
15. Frush JP and Fisher RD. Introduction to
dentogenic restorations. J. Prosthet. Dent. 1955;5:
586 595.
16. Frush JP and Fisher RD. How dentogenic

restorations interpret the sex factor. J. Prosthet.

Dent. 1956;6:160 172.
17. Frush JP and Fisher RD. How dentogenics
interpret the personality factor. J. Prosthet. Dent.
1956;6:441 449.
18. Frush JP and Fisher RD. The age factor in
dentogenics. J. Prosthet. Dent 1957;7: 5 13.
19. Frush JP and Fisher RD. The dynesthetic
interpretation of the dentogenic concept. J.
Prosthet. Dent. 1958;8: 558 581.
Corresponding Author
Dr. Nafis Ahmad
Assistant Professor,
Department of Prosthodontics,
Jamia Millia Islamia
New Delhi, INDIA
E-mail: - khannafis08@gmail.com
types of dia

Web
Images
News
Videos
MoreSearch tools
1.
2.
o
o
o
o
o
o

About 16,40,00,000 results (0.24 seconds)

Search Results
1. Medical diagnosis - Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia
en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Medical_diagnosis
o
o

Jump to Additional types of diagnosis - [edit]. Sub-types of diagnoses include:

Clinicaldiagnosis: A diagnosis made on the basis of medical signs and ...
History and etymology - Indication for diagnostic ... - General components

2. Anxiety Disorders: Types, Causes, Symptoms, Diagnosis ...

www.webmd.com/anxiety-panic/guide/mental-health-anxiety-disorders
o
o

Learn more about anxiety disorders, including types, causes, symptoms, diagnosis,
treatment, and prevention.

3. Dementia Types | Signs, Symptoms, & Diagnosis

www.alz.org Home Alzheimer's & Dementia
o
o

Dementia types, symptoms and brain changes associated with each - learn the
difference between Alzheimer's and dementias including vascular and Lewy ...

4. Type 1 diabetes - Diagnosis - NHS Choices

www.nhs.uk/Conditions/Diabetes-type1/Pages/Diagnosis.aspx
o
o

It's important to diagnose diabetes as early as possible, so that treatment can be

started. Visit your GP as soon as possible if you have the symptoms of diabetes.

5. Diagnostic Tests: MedlinePlus

www.nlm.nih.gov Home Health Topics
o
o

Apr 28, 2015 - Diagnostic Tests. Email this page to a friend Facebook Twitter
Bookmark & Share. To use the sharing features on this page, please enable ...

6. Tests for Type 2 Diabetes Diagnosis | Everyday Health

www.everydayhealth.com Conditions Type 2 Diabetes
o
o

Oct 13, 2014 - Type 2 diabetes is diagnosed by blood tests to measure the level of
glucose, or sugar, in your blood.

7. Diagnosis Type - Value Set Details

https://phinvads.cdc.gov/vads/ViewValueSet.action?oid=2.16.840.1...
o
o

Concept Code, Concept Name, Preferred Concept Name, Code System, Value Set. A,
Admitting, Admitting, Diagnosis type (HL7), Diagnosis Type (HL7), Details.

8. Common Types of Diagnostic Medical Equipment

medicalsupplies.about.com ... Medical Specialty Equipment

o
o

Dec 4, 2014 - Diagnostic medical equipment and supplies help clinicians to measure
and observe various aspects of a patient's health so that they can form a ...

9. Breast Cancer Tests: Screening, Diagnosis, and Monitoring

www.breastcancer.org Symptoms & Diagnosis Screening and Testing
o
o

Dec 8, 2014 - Whether you've never had breast cancer and want to increase your odds
of early detection, you've recently been diagnosed, or you are in the ...

10.

Lung Cancer: Diagnosis | Cancer.Net

www.cancer.net Types of Cancer Lung Cancer

o
o

This list describes options for diagnosing this type of cancer, and not all tests listed will
be used for every person. Your doctor may consider these factors when ...

1. Types Of Diagnosis
Adwww.webcrawler.com/

Search multiple engines for types of diagnosis

2. Fibromyalgia? Weak muscle

Adwww.lgmd-diagnosis.org/

It might be muscular dystrophy not fibromyalgia at all! FIND OUT

Searches related to types of diagnosis

disease diagnosis
provisional diagnosis
diagnosis and treatment
types of diagnosis codes
clinical diagnosis
medical diagnosis online free
free diagnosis
types of nursing diagnosis

10

Next

Thavalakuppam, Puducherry - From your Internet address - Use precise location

- Learn more
Help Send feedback Privacy Terms

of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). Thee fit of complete dentures.13-15
Researchers have
found that these same rhythmic changes also affect centric
relation records made for dentulous patients.16, l7
Inasmuch as the centric relation position has been advocated for complete dentures, l8 this study was undertaken
to evaluate the effect of circadian periodicity on the reproducibility of centric relation records for edentulous patients.
METHODS
Thirty edentulous patients who exhibited good health,
average muscular coordination, and relatively unresorbed
ridges were selected for this study. Impressions were made,
interocclusal records were obtained, and maxillary and
mandibular complete dentures were made according to accepted techniques.lg Patients for whom retrusion into the
centric relation position was difficult and those who exhibited undue denture instability resulting from redundant
mucosal tissues were excluded.
After delivery of the dentures, the patients were divided
Supported by a grant from the University of Tennessee Dental
Alumni Endowment Fund.
aProfessor, Department of Prosthodontics.
10/l/39550
into three groups and the dentures remounted twice on the
same day. The dentures for 10 patients were remounted
twice in the morning (AM group), for 10 patients twice in the
afternoon (PM group), and for 10 patients once in the
Table I. Means and range of measurements (in millimeters)

Time group Products and news for the dental professionAll too often, modalities of
therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). Thee fit of complete dentures.13-15
Researchers have
found that these same rhythmic changes also affect centric
relation records made for dentulous patients.16, l7
Inasmuch as the centric relation position has been advocated for complete dentures, l8 this study was undertaken
to evaluate the effect of circadian periodicity on the reproducibility of centric relation records for edentulous patients.
METHODS
Thirty edentulous patients who exhibited good health,
average muscular coordination, and relatively unresorbed
ridges were selected for this study. Impressions were made,
interocclusal records were obtained, and maxillary and
mandibular complete dentures were made according to accepted techniques.lg Patients for whom retrusion into the
centric relation position was difficult and those who exhibited undue denture instability resulting from redundant
mucosal tissues were excluded.
After delivery of the dentures, the patients were divided
Supported by a grant from the University of Tennessee Dental
Alumni Endowment Fund.

aProfessor, Department of Prosthodontics.

10/l/39550
into three groups and the dentures remounted twice on the
same day. The dentures for 10 patients were remounted
twice in the morning (AM group), for 10 patients twice in the
afternoon (PM group), and for 10 patients once in the
Table I. Means and range of measurements (in millimeters)
Time group
All data Horizontal Sagittal Right Left AM-PM AM PM
Mean 0.728 0.718 0.729 0.712 0.744 0.932 0.577 0.675
Standard deviation 0.537 0.506 0.566 0.539 0.537 0.635 0.432 0.465
Standard error 0.035 0.046 0.052 0.049 0.049 0.071 0.048 0.052
Variance 0.289 0.256 0.321 0.291 0.288 0.403 0.187 0.216
Coefficient of variation 73.824 70.502 77.669 75.74 72.156 68.094 74.838
68.948
Count 240 120 120 120 120 80 80 80
Minimum 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum 2.63 2.19 2.63 2.19 2.63 2.63 1.63 1.98
Range 2.63 2.19 2.63 2.19 2.63 2.63
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis. Products and news for the dental professionAll
too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid

support for the dental prosthesis.

1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an

abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,

crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated

and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).

2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing

for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impressionRECRUITMENT OF PROBA TIONARY OFFICERS IN ST A
TE BANK OF INDIA
ADVERTISEMENT NO. CRPD/PO/2015-16/02
CENTRALRECRUITMENT & PROMOTION DEP ARTMENT ,
CORPORA TE CENTRE, MUMBAI
(Phone : 022-2282 0427; Fax : 022-2282 041 1; E-mail : crpd@sbi.co.in)
ONLINE REGISTRA TION OF APPLICA TION: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
P A YMENT OF FEES - ONLINE: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
Preliminary Examination will be conducted tentatively in June 2015. Candidates
are advised to regularly check Bank's
website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in for details and updates. The
examination will be as detailed under
point No. 4 - Selection procedure.
Applications are invited from eligible Indian Citizens for appointment as
Probationary Officers (POs) in State Bank of India. Candidates selected
are liable to be posted anywhere in India.
SC ST OBC GEN Total OH VH Total
308 339 541 812 2000 38 24 62
Vacancies Vacancies (PWD)
SC ST OBC Total OH VH
67 219 107 393 14
Vacancies :
Backlog vacancies detailed as under have been included in the above mentioned
total vacancies.

*V acancies reserved for OBC category are available to OBC Candidates belonging
to 'Non-creamy layer'. 'Creamy layer' OBC candidates should indicate their
category as 'General'.
Vacancies for OH & VH category candidates are reserved horizontally .
Vacancies including reserved
vacancies are provisional and may vary according to the requirements of
Bank.
1. ELIGIBLITY CRITERIA :
(A) Essential Academic Qualifications: (AS ON 01.09.2015)
Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or any equivalent
qualification recognised
as such by the Central Government. Those who are in the Final year/Semester of
their Graduation
may also apply provisionally subject to the condition that, if called for
interview , they will have to
produce proof of having passed the graduation examination on or before
01.09.2015. Candidates
having integrated dual degree (IDD) certificate should ensure that the date
of passing the IDD is on or
before 01.09.2015.
Note : The date of passing eligibility examination will be the date appearing on the
marksheet or
provisional certificate issued by the University / Institute. In case the result
of a particular examination
is posted on the website of the University / Institute, a certificate issued by
the appropriate authority of
the University / Institute indicating the date on which the result was posted
on the website will be taken
as the date of passing. Irrespective of the date of examination, in case the
proof of having
passed the examination as on 01.09.2015 is not produced as detailed above
the candidate will
not be eligible.
(B) Age Limit : (As on 01.04.2015)
Not below 21 years and not above 30 years as on 01.04.2015 i.e candidates
must have been born not

earlier than 02.04.1985 and not later than 01.04.1994 (both days inclusive)
Relaxation of Upper age limit :
Sr. No. Category Age Relaxation
1. Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe 5 years
2. Other Backward Classes (Non-Creamy Layer) 3 years
3. Persons With Disabilities (PWD PWD (SC/ST)-15 Y ears
PWD (OBC)- 13 Y ears
PWD (Gen)- 10 Y ears
4. Ex Servicemen, Commissioned officers including Emergency 5 years
Commissioned Officers (ECOs)/Short Service Commissioned
Officers (SSCOs) who have rendered 5 years military service
and have been released on completion of assignment (including
those whose assignment is due to be completed within one year
from the last date of receipt of application) otherwise than by
way of dismissal or discharge on account of misconduct or
inefficiency or physical disability attributable to military service
or invalidment.
5. Persons Ordinarily domiciled of the state of Jammu & Kashmir 5 years
during the period 01.01.1980 to 31.12.1989
NOTE : CUMULATIVE AGE RELAXATION WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE EITHER UNDER
THE ABOVE ITEMS
OR IN COMBINATION WITH ANY OTHER ITEMS.
2. RESERVATION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITY (PWD) :
Vacancies are reserved for Orthopaedically Handicapped (OH) and Visually
Handicapped (VH) as per Persons
with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights & Full Participation) Act,
1995. Following categories
of Persons with Disabilities are eligible to get the benefit of reservationCategories of Persons with Disabilities
OA OL OAL BL B L V

OA -One Arm, OL-One Leg, OAL-One Arm and One Leg, BL-Both Leg, BBlind, L V-Low Vision
(a) Persons with OA and OAL category should have normal bilateral hand
functions.
(b) Blindness refers to a condition where a person suffers from any of the
following Conditions, namely:-(i) T otal absence of sight; or
(ii) Visual acuity not exceeding 6/60 or 20/200 (snellen) in the better eye
with Correcting lenses; or
(iii) Limitation of the field of vision subtending an angle of 20 degree or
worse;
(c) Person with Low Vision means a person with impairment of visual
functioning even after treatment or
standard refractive correction but who uses or is potentially capable of using
vision for the planning or
execution of a task with appropriate assistive device.
(d) Only such persons would be eligible for reservations who suffer from not less
than 40 per cent of relevant
disabilities. A person who wants to avail of benefit of reservation would have
to submit a Disability Certificate
as per format prescribed by Ministry of Social
Notification No. G.S.R. 2 (E)

Justice and Empowerment'

dated 30.12.2009.
Use of Scribe & Compensatory Time:
(i) The facility of Scribe / Reader would be allowed to any person who has
disability of 40 % or more (only those
candidates with disabilities who have physical limitation to write including that of
speed) if so desired by the
person. The compensatory time (20 minutes for every hour) would be
applicable to such candidates.
(ii) Candidates with low vision will be allowed compensatory time while writing the
examination regardlessof
whether they opt for amanuenses/scribe or self writing or with the help of
assistive devices like magnifier.
(iii) The scribe will be allowed to be used as per the guidelines issued vide Office
Memorandum F . No. 16-1 10/

2003-DD.III dated February 26, 2013 of Government of India, Ministry of

Social Justice and Empowerment,
Department of Disability Affairs, New Delhi and clarification issued by
Government of India, Ministry of
Finance, Deptt. Of Financial Services vide letter F . No.3/2/2013 - Welfare
dated 26.04.2013.
(iv) Any candidate who is not eligible to use scribe as per the guidelines
referred to above and uses scribe in the
written examination shall be disqualified to participate further in the
recruitment process. Any candidate who
is using scribe should ensure that he is eligible to use scribe in the
examination as per the above guidelines.
Any candidate using scribe in violation of the above guidelines shall stand
disqualified and can be removed
from service without notice, if has already joined the Bank.
3. CATEGORY
Instructions for writing Category Name and Category Code no. while applying
online.
Candidates belonging to OBC category but coming in the 'CREAMY LA YER', are not
entitled to
OBC reservation and age relaxation. They should indicate their category as
'GEN' or 'GEN (OH)' or
'GEN (VH)' (as applicable).
Various category names and their code numbers are given below.
PLEASE NOTE THAT CHANGE OF CATEGORY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AT ANY
STAGE AFTER
REGISTRATION OF ONLINE APPLICATION.
4. SELECTION PROCEDURE :
Phase-I : Preliminary Examination: Preliminary Examination consisting of
Objective T ests for 100 marks will be
conducted online. This test would be of 1 hour duration consisting of 3
Sections as follows:
Candidates have to qualify in each of the three tests by securing passing marks
to be decided by the Bank.

Adequate number of candidates in each category as decided by the Bank

(approximately 20 times the numbers
of vacancies subject to availability) will be short listed for the Main
Examination.
Phase II:Main Examination: Main Examination will consist of Objective T ests for
200 marks and Descriptive
T est for 50 marks. Both the Objective and Descriptive T ests will be online.
Candidates will have to answer
Descriptive test by typing on the computer. Immediately after completion of
Objective T est, Descriptive T est will
be administered.
(i) Objective Test: The Objective T est of 2 hour duration consists of 4 Sections with
50 marks each (T otal 200
marks) as follows:
a) T est of English Language (Grammar , Vocabulary , Comprehension etc.)
b) T est of General Awareness, Marketing &Computers
c) T est of Data Analysis & Interpretation
d) T est of Reasoning (High Level)
The candidates are required to qualify in each of the T ests by securing
passing marks, to be decided by the Bank.
(ii) Descriptive Test: The Descriptive T est of 1 hour duration with 50 marks will be a
T est of English Language
(Letter Writing & Essay).
Category Code Category Code Category Code Category Code
SC 01 ST 04 OBC 07 GEN 10
SC(OH) 02 ST(OH) 05 OBC(OH) 08 GEN(OH) 1 1
SC(VH) 03 ST(VH) 06 OBC(VH) 09 GEN(VH) 12
SL. Name of test No. of Questions Marks Duration
1. English Language 30 30 Composite Time of
2. Quantitative Aptitude 35 35 1 hour
3. Reasoning Ability 35 35
T otal 100 100
(Contd. on next page...)

(...contd. from previous page)

The candidates are required to qualify in the Descriptive T est by securing passing
marks, to be decided by the
Bank.
Descriptive Test paper of only those candidates will be evaluated who have
scored qualifying marks
in the Objective Tests and are placed adequately high as per total marks in
objective test.
Phase III: Group Discussion (20 marks) & Interview (30 marks)
The aggregate marks of candidates qualifying in both the Objective T ests
and Descriptive T est will be arranged in
descending order in each category . Adequate number of candidates in each
category , as decided by the Bank will
be called for Group Discussion and Interview . The qualifying marks in Group
Discussion &Interview will be as
decided by the Bank.
Candidates qualifying for GD & Interview under 'OBC' category would be required to
submit OBC
certificate containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause. Candidates not submitting
the OBC certificate
containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause and requesting to be interviewed under
General category
will not be entertained.
Final Selection
The marks obtained in the Preliminary Examination (Phase-I) will not be added for
the selection and only the
marks obtained in Main Examination (Phase-II) will be added to the marks
obtained in GD & Interview (Phase-III)
for preparation of the final merit list.
The candidates will have to qualify both in Phase-II and Phase-III separately .
Marks secured by the candidates in
the Written T est (out of 250 marks) are converted to out of 75 and marks
secured in Group Discussion & Interview
(out of 50 marks) are converted to out of 25. The final merit list is arrived at
after aggregating converted marks of

Written T est and Group Discussion &Interview out of 100 for each category . The
selection will be made from the
top merit ranked candidates in each category .
Results of the candidates who have qualified for GD & Interview and the list of
candidates finally selected will be
made available on the Bank's website. Final select list will be published in
Employment News/ Rozgar Samachar.
5. The examination will be held in the month of June 2015 (T entatively). The
Tentative List of examination
centres is provided under Point No. : 16.
Candidate should choose the name of the Centre where he/she desires to
take the examination. NO CHANGE IN
THE CHOICE OF EXAMINATION CENTRE WILL BE ENTERTAINED UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES. BANK
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD OR DELETE ANY CENTRE OR ALTER
EXAMINATION DATE AT ITS
DISCRETION.
6. EMOLUMENTS :
PAY: The starting basic pay is Rs.16,900/-(with 4 increments) in the scale of Rs.
14500-600/7-18700-700/2-20100-800/7-25700 applicable to Junior Management
Grade Scale I. The official will also be eligible for D.A,
H.R.A & C.C.A as per rules in force from time to time. The compensation
per annum at Mumbai is around
Rs. 8,55,000/-. The break up of monthly compensation is as under:
Cash Component : 36,046/-Bank's contribution to PF : 1,690/-Housing (Lease
Rental) : 29,500/-Perquisites (Conveyance, Newspapers, Entertainment
allowance, House & Furniture Maintenance etc. 4,130/-In addition, the
officers are also entitled to other benefits like
(i) Medical Aid for self (100%) and for family (75%)
(ii) Home Travel Concession/Leave Fare Concession
(iii) Concessional Interest Rates for Housing/Car/Personal Loans
The salary scales are under revision with effect from November 2012.
CAREER PATH
The Probationary Officers will be on probation of two years during which they will be
given intensive training.

T owards the end of their probation / training period, they will be subjected to a
screening process. While those
Officers who achieve the predetermined standards may be confirmed and given
placement in the next higher
grade i.e., Officer Middle Management Grade Scale-II, others who qualify in the
test but fail to achieve the
standards set for placement in Middle Management Grade Scale-II, will be
confirmed as Officer Junior
Management Grade Scale-I. The services of those Officers who fail to qualify in
this process will be terminated.
Bank provides immense opportunities for growth in the Bank including opportunities
for postings abroad. The
attractive promotion policy of the Bank provides an opportunity to the
meritorious and exceptionally brilliant
officers to reach the T op Management Grade in a reasonably quick time.
7. APPLICATION FEE AND INTIMA TION CHARGE: (Non Refundable)
The Bank may add additional centres or may delete some of the centres
indicated for training. Candidates opting
for pre-examination training should download their call letter for training by
entering their registration number and
password/ date of birth from 26.05.2015 onwards from Bank's website. No hard
copy of the call letter will be sent
by post.
9. Number of chances:
Sr. No. Category Total
1. SC/ST/PWD Rs.100/- (Intimation Charges only)
2. General and Others Rs. 600/- (App. Fee including intimation charges)
Fee/Intimation charges once paid will NOT be refunded on any account nor
can it be held in reserve for any other
examination or selection.
8. PRE-EXAMINATION TRAINING :
SBI may arrange pre-examination training at certain centres for
SC/ST/Religious Minority Community candidates
in consonance with the guidelines issued by Government of India. Candidates
belonging to the above categories

who desire to avail themselves of such training at their own cost may indicate
to that effect against relevant
column while applying on-line. An indicative list of training centres is given
below :
Category Number of Chances
General 4
General (PWD) 7
OBC 7
OBC(PWD) 7
SC/SC(PWD)/ ST/ ST(PWD) No Restriction
Candidates who have already appeared for the maximum number of chances
permissible are not eligible to to
apply . The number of chances will be counted from the examination held on
18.04.2010.
10 .HOW TO APPL Y
GUIDELINES FOR FILLING ONLINE APPLICATION:
Candidates will be required to register themselves online through Bank's website
www.statebankofindia.com
or www.sbi.co.in. After registration candidates are required to pay the requisite
application fee through online
mode by using debit card/ credit card/Internet Banking.
Pre-requisites for Applying Online
Candidates should have valid email ID which should be kept active till the
declaration of results. It will help
him/her in getting call letter/interview advices etc. by email.
PA YMENT OF FEES : [ONLINE MODE ONLY] :
i. Candidates should first scan their photograph and signature as detailed under
guidelines for scanning the
photograph and signature.
ii. Candidates to visit Bank's website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in
and open the appropriate
Online Application Format, available in the 'careers with us' link.
iii. Fill the application carefully . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the data. In

the event of candidates not being able to fill the data in one go, they can
save the data already entered. When
the data is saved, a provisional registration number and password will be
generated by the system and
displayed on the screen. Candidates should note down the registration
number and password. They can re-open the saved data using registration
number and password and edit the particulars, if needed. This facility
will be available three times only . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the
data. No change /edit will be allowed thereafter . The registration at this
stage is provisional.
iv . After ensuring the correctness of the particulars of the application form,
candidates are required to pay fees
through the payment gateway integrated with the application, following the
instructions available on the
screen.
v . The payment can be made by using Debit Cards
(RuPay/Visa/MasterCard/Maestro), Credit Cards, Internet
Banking, IMPS, Cash Cards/ Mobile Wallets by providing information as asked on the
screen. Transaction
charges for online payment, if any , will be borne by the candidates.
vi. On successful completion of the transaction, e-receipt and application form
will be generated; which may be
printed for record. The printout of the application form is not to be sent to
the Bank.
vii. If the online transaction is not successfully completed, please register
again and make payment online.
viii. There is also a provision to reprint the e-Receipt and Application form
containing fee details, at later stage.
11. GUIDELINES FOR SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE
Before applying online a candidate will be required to have a scanned (digital)
image of his/her photograph and
signature as per the specifications given in Annexure-I. Online application will
not be registered unless
candidates upload photo and signature as specified.
Note:

a. In case the face in the photograph or signature is unclear, the

candidate's application may be rejected.
b. In case the photograph or signature is unclear, the candidate may edit his
application and re-upload his
photograph or signature.
12. CALL LETTERS FOR EXAMINATION:
The candidates should download their call letter and an acquaint yourself
booklet by entering their registration
number and password / date of birth, from 09.06.2015 from the Bank's
website. NO HARD COPY OF THE CALL
LETTER / ACQUAINT YOURSELF BOOKLET WILL BE SENTBY POST .
13. PROOF OF IDENTITY TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF EXAMINTION:
The candidates must bring one photo identity proof such as passport/Adhar/P AN
Card/Driving Licence/Voter's
Card/Bank Passbook with duly attested Photograph/Identity Card issued by
college or university/Employee
ID/Gazetted Officer in the official letterhead in original as well as a selfattested Photocopy thereof. The
photocopy of Identity proof should be submitted along with call letter to the
invigilators in the
examination hall, failing which or if identity of candidates is in doubt the
candidate will not be permitted
to appear for the test.
14. ACTION AGAINST CANDIDATES FOUND GUILTY OF MISCONDUCT :
(a) Candidates are cautioned that they should not furnish any particulars that are
false, tampered/ fabricated
and they should not suppress any material information while filling up the
application form.
(b) At the time of examination/interview, if a candidate is (or has been)
found guilty of:
(i) using unfair means during the examination or (ii) impersonating or
procuring impersonation by any person
or (iii) misbehaving in the examination hall or (iv) resorting to any irregular or
improper means in connection

with his/her candidature for selection or (v) obtaining support for his/her
candidature by any unfair means,
such a candidate may, in addition to rendering himself/herself liable to criminal
prosecution, will also be
liable:
a) to be disqualified from the examination for which he/she is a candidate
b) to be debarred, either permanently or for a specified period, from any
examination or recruitment
conducted by Bank.
(c) The Bank would be analyzing the responses of a candidate with other
appeared candidates to detect
patterns of similarity . On the basis of such an analysis, if it is found that the
responses have been
shared and scores obtained are not genuine / valid, the Bank reserves the right to
cancel his/her
candidature.
(d) USE OF MOBILE PHONES, PAGERS, CALCULATOR OR ANY SUCH DEVICES:
(i) Mobile phones, pagers or any other communication devices are not allowed
inside the premises where the
examination/interview is being conducted. Any infringement of these instructions
shall entail cancellation of
candidature and disciplinary action including ban from future examinations.
(ii) Candidates are advised in their own interest not to bring any of the banned item
including mobile phones/
pagers to the venue of the examination/interview, as arrangement for
safekeeping cannot be assured.
(iii) Candidates are not permitted to use or have in possession of calculators
in examination premises.
15. GENERAL INFORMA TION:
i) Candidates are advised to take a printout of their system generated online
application form after submitting
the application.
ii) On-line registration of application & fee payment will be available from
13.04.2015 to 02.05.2015

iii) Candidates should satisfy themselves about their eligibility for the post
applied for . The Bank would admit to
the test all the candidates applying for the posts with the requisite fee on
the basis of the information
furnished in the online application and shall determine their eligibility only at
the time of interview .
iv) Candidates are advised in their own interest to apply online much before the
closing date and not to
wait till the last date to avoid the possibility of disconnection / inability /
failure to log on to the
website on account of heavy load on internet or website jam.
v) SBI does not assume any responsibility for the candidates not being able
to submit their
applications within the last date on account of aforesaid reasons or for any
other reason beyond the
control of SBI.
(Contd. on next page...)
Agartala Agra Ahmedabad Aizwal Akola Allahabad
Asansol Aurangabad Bareilly Bhubaneshwar Berhampur (Ganjam) Bhopal
Bangalore Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Dehradun Dibrugarh
Ernakulam Gangtok Gorakhpur Gulbarga Guwahati Hubli
Hyderabad Imphal Indore Itanagar Jabalpur Jaipur
Kanpur Kohima Kolkata Lucknow Madurai Meerut
Mumbai Mysore Nagpur NewDelhi Panaji (Goa) Patna
Port Blair Purnea Pune Raipur Ranchi Sambalpur
Silchar Siliguri Shillong Srinagar Tirupati Vadodara
Varanasi Vishakhapatnam Vijaywada
vi) Not more than one application should be submitted by a candidate. In case of
multiple applications,
only the last valid (completed) application will be retained and the
application fee / intimation
charges paid for the other registrations will stand forfeited. Multiple attendance/
appearance by a

candidate in examination and / or GD and/ or interview will be summarily

rejected/ candidature
cancelled.
vii) The possibility for occurrence of some problems in the administration of the
examination cannot be
ruled out completely , which may impact test delivery and/ or result from being
generated. In that
event, every effort will be made to rectify such problem, which may include the
conduct of another
examination if considered necessary.
viii) Candidates serving in Govt./Quasi Govt. offices, Public Sector undertakings
including Nationalised Banks
and Financial Institutions are advised to submit 'No Objection Certificate' from
their employer at the time of
interview , failing which their candidature may not be considered and travelling
expenses, if any , otherwise
admissible, will not be paid.
ix) In case of selection, candidates will be required to produce proper
discharge certificate from the employer at
the time of taking up the appointment.
x) Caste certificate issued by Competent Authority on format prescribed by
the Government of India will have to
be submitted by the SC/ST candidates, if called for interview .
xi) A declaration will have to be submitted in the prescribed format by candidates
seeking reservation under
OBC category stating that he/she does not belong to the creamy layer as on
02.05.2015. OBC certificate
containing the 'Non-creamy layer' clause, issued during the period 01.04.2015
to the date of interview ,
should be submitted by such candidates, if called for interview .
xii) Candidates are advised to keep their e-mail ID alive for receiving advices,
viz. call letters/ Interview advices
etc.
xiii) Appointment of selected candidates is subject to his /her being declared
medically fit as per the requirement

of the Bank concerned.

xiv) IN CASE IT IS DETECTED AT ANY STAGE OF RECRUITMENT THAT A
CANDIDATE DOES NOT FULFIL
THE ELIGIBILITY NORMS AND / OR THAT HE / SHE HAS FURNISHED ANY
INCORRECT / FALSE
INFORMA TION OR HAS SUPPRESSED ANYMATERIAL FACT(S), HIS /HERCANDIDA
TURE WILL
STAND CANCELLED. IF ANY OF THESE SHORTCOMINGS IS / ARE DETECTED
EVEN AFTER
APPOINTMENT , HIS /HER SERVICES ARE LIABLETOBE TERMINATED.
xv) Any legal proceedings in respect of any matter of claim or dispute arising
out of this advertisement and/or an
application in response thereto can be instituted only in Mumbai and
courts/tribunals/ forums at Mumbai only
shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to try any cause/dispute.
16. EXAMINATION CENTERS (T entative List)
The preliminary examination may be held at the following centres and the
address of the venue will be advised in
the call letters. Bank reserves the right to cancel any of the Examination
Centres and/ or add some other Centre,
at its discretion, depending upon the reponse, administrative feasibility , etc.
Bank also reserves the right to allot
the candidate to any centre other than the one he/she has opted for . The centres
for Main Examination may be
limited.
(...contd. from previous page)
CANVASSING IN ANYFORM WILLBE ADISQUALIFICATION
Mumbai, GENERALMANAGER
Date: 13.04.2015
This advertisement is also available on Bank's Website :
http://www.statebankofindia.com or http://www .sbi.co.in.
The Bank is not responsible for printing errors, if any
PHOTOGRAPH IMAGE:
? Photograph must be a recent passport size colour picture.

? The picture should be in colour, against a light-coloured, preferably white,

background.
? Look straight at the camera with a relaxed face.
? If the picture is taken on a sunny day , have the sun behind you, or place
yourself in the shade, so
that you are not squinting and there are no harsh shadows.
? If you have to use flash, ensure there's no red-eye.
? If you wear glasses make sure that there are no reflections and your eyes
can be clearly seen.
? Caps, hats and dark glasses are not acceptable. Religious headwear is allowed
but it must not
cover your face.
? Dimensions 200 x 230 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 20kb50kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 50KB. If the size of
the file is more
than 50KB, then adjust the settings of the scanner such as the DPI
resolution, no. of colours etc.,
during the process of scanning.
(ii) SIGNATURE IMAGE:
? The applicant has to sign on white paper with Black Ink pen.
? The signature must be signed only by the applicant and not by any other
person.
? If the Applicant's signature on the answer script, at the time of the
examination, does not match
the signature on the Attendance Sheet, the applicant will be disqualified.
? Dimensions 140 x 60 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 10kb 20kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 20KB.
SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE:
? Set the scanner resolution to a minimum of 200 dpi (dots per inch).
? Set Color to True Color.
? File Size as specified above.

? Crop the image in the scanner to the edge of the photograph/signature, then
use the upload
editor to crop the image to the final size (as specified above).
? The image file should be JPG or JPEG format. An example file name is:
image01.jpg or
image01.jpeg Image dimensions can be checked by listing the folder files or
moving the mouse
over the file image icon.
Candidates using MS Windows/MS Office can easily obtain photo and signature in
.jpeg format not
exceeding 50KB & 20KB respectively by using MS Paint or MS Office Picture Manager
. Scanned
photograph and signature in any format can be saved in .jpg format by using
'Save As' option in the
File menu and size can be reduced below 50KB (photograph) & 20KB
(signature) by using crop and
then resize option [Please see point (i) & (ii) above for the pixel size] in the 'Image'
menu. Similar
options are available in other photo editor also.
If the file size and format are not as prescribed, an error message will be
displayed.
While filling in the Online Application Form the candidate will be provided with a link
to upload his
photograph and signature.
Procedure for Uploading the Photograph and Signature
(i) There will be two separate links for uploading Photograph and Signature.
(ii) Click on the respective link Upload Photograph / Signature.
(iii) Browse & Select the location where the Scanned Photo / Signature file
has been saved.
(iv) Select the file by clicking on it.
(v) Click the 'Upload' button.
Annexure - I
1 1 Andaman & Nicobar Port Blair
12 Andhra Pradesh Chirala, Chittoor, Guntur , Kakinada, Kurnool, Nellore,

Ongole, Puttur, Rajahmundhry , Srikakulam, Tirupati,

Vijaywada, Vishakhapatnam, Vizianagaram
13 Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar Naharlagun
14 Assam Dibrugarh, Guwahati, Jorhat, Kokrajhar, Silchar T ezpur
15 Bihar Arrah, Aurangabad, Bihar Sharif, Bhagalpur, Darbhanga, Gaya,
Hajipur, Muzaffarpur , Patna, Purnea, Samastipur , Siwan
16 Chandigarh Chandigarh
17 Chhattisgarh Bhilai, Bilaspur, Raipur
18 Goa Panaji, Verna
19 Gujarat Ahmedabad, Anand, Gandhinagar, Himmatnagar , Jamnagar ,
Mehsana, Rajkot, Surat, Vadodara
20 Haryana Ambala, Bahadurgarh, Hissar, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Panipat,
Palwal, Rohtak, Sonipat, Yamunanagar
21 Himachal Pradesh Baddi, Bilaspur, Dharamshala, Hamirpur , Kangra, Kullu,
Mandi,
Shimla, Sirmaur, Solan, Una
22 Jammu & Kashmir Jammu, Kathua, Samba, Srinagar
23 Jharkhand Bokaro, Dhanbad, Hazaribag, Jamshedpur, Ranchi
24 Karnataka Belgaum, Bengaluru, Bidar, Gulbarga, Hubli, Mangalore,
Mysore, Shimoga, Udipi
25 Kerala Alappuzha, Kannur, Kochi, Kollam, Kottayam, Kozhikode,
Malappuram, Palakkad, Thrichur, Thiruvananthapuram
26 Lakshwadeep Kavarrati
27 Madhya Pradesh Bhopal, Gwalior, Indore, Jabalpur , Satna, Sagar , Ujjain
28 Maharashtra Amaravati, Aurangabad, Chandrapur, Dhule Jalgaon, Kolhapur ,
Latur, Mumbai/ Thane/Navi Mumbai, Nagpur, Nanded, Nasik,
Pune, Ratnagiri, Sangli, Satara
29 Manipur Imphal
30 Meghalaya Ri-Bhoi, Shillong
31 Mizoram Aizawal

32 Nagaland Kohima
33 Delhi -NCR Delhi, Faridabad, Ghaziabad, Greater Noida, Gurgaon
34 Odisha Angul, Balasore, Bargarh, Baripada, Berhampur (Ganjam),
Bhubaneshwar, Cuttack, Dhenkanal, Jharsuguda, Rourkela,
Sambalpur
35 Puducherry Puducherry
36 Punjab Amritsar, Bhatinda, Fatehgarh Sahib, Jalandhar , Ludhiana,
Mohali, Pathankot, Patiala, Phagwara, Sangrur
37 Rajasthan Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara, Bikaner , Jaipur , Jodhpur , Kota,
Sikar, Udaipur
38 Sikkim Gangtok
39 T amilnadu Chennai, Coimbatore, Dindigul, Krishnagiri, Madurai, Nagercoil,
Namakkal, Perambalur, Salem, Thanjavur, Thiruchirapalli,
Tirunelvelli, Thoothukodi, Vellore
40 T elangana Hyderabad, Karimnagar, Khammam, W arangal
41 Tripura Agartala
42 Uttar Pradesh Agra, Aligarh, Allahabad, Bareilly, Bulandshaher , Gorakhpur ,
Jhansi, Kanpur, Lucknow , Mathura, Meerut, Moradabad,
Muzaffarnagar , Unnao, V aranasi
43 Uttarakhand Dehradun, Haldwani, Haridwar, Roorkee
44 West Bengal Asansol, Berhampur (West Bengal), Bardhaman, Dumkal,
Durgapur, Hooghly , Howrah, Kalyani, Kolkata, Siliguri
State CodeState/UT Centre State CodeState/UT Centre
EXAMINATION CENTERS (Tentative List) technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.

1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.

1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage, Products and news for the dental
profession
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impression technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F

ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H

cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage,
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.

Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason

Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your

technique along with your lab technician.

This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab
technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at
the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins

No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.

Fig. 5Inject the wash material only

on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab

technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at

the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
Products and news for the dental professionAll too often, modalities of therapy are
perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,

continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option

today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid

support for the dental prosthesis.

1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an

abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,

crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79

 June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impressionRECRUITMENT OF PROBA TIONARY OFFICERS IN ST A
TE BANK OF INDIA
ADVERTISEMENT NO. CRPD/PO/2015-16/02
CENTRALRECRUITMENT & PROMOTION DEP ARTMENT ,
CORPORA TE CENTRE, MUMBAI
(Phone : 022-2282 0427; Fax : 022-2282 041 1; E-mail : crpd@sbi.co.in)
ONLINE REGISTRA TION OF APPLICA TION: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
P A YMENT OF FEES - ONLINE: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
Preliminary Examination will be conducted tentatively in June 2015. Candidates
are advised to regularly check Bank's
website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in for details and updates. The
examination will be as detailed under
point No. 4 - Selection procedure.
Applications are invited from eligible Indian Citizens for appointment as
Probationary Officers (POs) in State Bank of India. Candidates selected
are liable to be posted anywhere in India.
SC ST OBC GEN Total OH VH Total
308 339 541 812 2000 38 24 62
Vacancies Vacancies (PWD)
SC ST OBC Total OH VH
67 219 107 393 14
Vacancies :
Backlog vacancies detailed as under have been included in the above mentioned
total vacancies.
*V acancies reserved for OBC category are available to OBC Candidates belonging
to 'Non-creamy layer'. 'Creamy layer' OBC candidates should indicate their
category as 'General'.
Vacancies for OH & VH category candidates are reserved horizontally .
Vacancies including reserved

vacancies are provisional and may vary according to the requirements of

Bank.
1. ELIGIBLITY CRITERIA :
(A) Essential Academic Qualifications: (AS ON 01.09.2015)
Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or any equivalent
qualification recognised
as such by the Central Government. Those who are in the Final year/Semester of
their Graduation
may also apply provisionally subject to the condition that, if called for
interview , they will have to
produce proof of having passed the graduation examination on or before
01.09.2015. Candidates
having integrated dual degree (IDD) certificate should ensure that the date
of passing the IDD is on or
before 01.09.2015.
Note : The date of passing eligibility examination will be the date appearing on the
marksheet or
provisional certificate issued by the University / Institute. In case the result
of a particular examination
is posted on the website of the University / Institute, a certificate issued by
the appropriate authority of
the University / Institute indicating the date on which the result was posted
on the website will be taken
as the date of passing. Irrespective of the date of examination, in case the
proof of having
passed the examination as on 01.09.2015 is not produced as detailed above
the candidate will
not be eligible.
(B) Age Limit : (As on 01.04.2015)
Not below 21 years and not above 30 years as on 01.04.2015 i.e candidates
must have been born not
earlier than 02.04.1985 and not later than 01.04.1994 (both days inclusive)
Relaxation of Upper age limit :
Sr. No. Category Age Relaxation
1. Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe 5 years

2. Other Backward Classes (Non-Creamy Layer) 3 years

3. Persons With Disabilities (PWD PWD (SC/ST)-15 Y ears
PWD (OBC)- 13 Y ears
PWD (Gen)- 10 Y ears
4. Ex Servicemen, Commissioned officers including Emergency 5 years
Commissioned Officers (ECOs)/Short Service Commissioned
Officers (SSCOs) who have rendered 5 years military service
and have been released on completion of assignment (including
those whose assignment is due to be completed within one year
from the last date of receipt of application) otherwise than by
way of dismissal or discharge on account of misconduct or
inefficiency or physical disability attributable to military service
or invalidment.
5. Persons Ordinarily domiciled of the state of Jammu & Kashmir 5 years
during the period 01.01.1980 to 31.12.1989
NOTE : CUMULATIVE AGE RELAXATION WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE EITHER UNDER
THE ABOVE ITEMS
OR IN COMBINATION WITH ANY OTHER ITEMS.
2. RESERVATION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITY (PWD) :
Vacancies are reserved for Orthopaedically Handicapped (OH) and Visually
Handicapped (VH) as per Persons
with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights & Full Participation) Act,
1995. Following categories
of Persons with Disabilities are eligible to get the benefit of reservationCategories of Persons with Disabilities
OA OL OAL BL B L V
OA -One Arm, OL-One Leg, OAL-One Arm and One Leg, BL-Both Leg, BBlind, L V-Low Vision
(a) Persons with OA and OAL category should have normal bilateral hand
functions.
(b) Blindness refers to a condition where a person suffers from any of the
following Conditions, namely:-(i) T otal absence of sight; or

(ii) Visual acuity not exceeding 6/60 or 20/200 (snellen) in the better eye
with Correcting lenses; or
(iii) Limitation of the field of vision subtending an angle of 20 degree or
worse;
(c) Person with Low Vision means a person with impairment of visual
functioning even after treatment or
standard refractive correction but who uses or is potentially capable of using
vision for the planning or
execution of a task with appropriate assistive device.
(d) Only such persons would be eligible for reservations who suffer from not less
than 40 per cent of relevant
disabilities. A person who wants to avail of benefit of reservation would have
to submit a Disability Certificate
as per format prescribed by Ministry of Social
Notification No. G.S.R. 2 (E)

Justice and Empowerment'

dated 30.12.2009.
Use of Scribe & Compensatory Time:
(i) The facility of Scribe / Reader would be allowed to any person who has
disability of 40 % or more (only those
candidates with disabilities who have physical limitation to write including that of
speed) if so desired by the
person. The compensatory time (20 minutes for every hour) would be
applicable to such candidates.
(ii) Candidates with low vision will be allowed compensatory time while writing the
examination regardlessof
whether they opt for amanuenses/scribe or self writing or with the help of
assistive devices like magnifier.
(iii) The scribe will be allowed to be used as per the guidelines issued vide Office
Memorandum F . No. 16-1 10/
2003-DD.III dated February 26, 2013 of Government of India, Ministry of
Social Justice and Empowerment,
Department of Disability Affairs, New Delhi and clarification issued by
Government of India, Ministry of
Finance, Deptt. Of Financial Services vide letter F . No.3/2/2013 - Welfare
dated 26.04.2013.

(iv) Any candidate who is not eligible to use scribe as per the guidelines
referred to above and uses scribe in the
written examination shall be disqualified to participate further in the
recruitment process. Any candidate who
is using scribe should ensure that he is eligible to use scribe in the
examination as per the above guidelines.
Any candidate using scribe in violation of the above guidelines shall stand
disqualified and can be removed
from service without notice, if has already joined the Bank.
3. CATEGORY
Instructions for writing Category Name and Category Code no. while applying
online.
Candidates belonging to OBC category but coming in the 'CREAMY LA YER', are not
entitled to
OBC reservation and age relaxation. They should indicate their category as
'GEN' or 'GEN (OH)' or
'GEN (VH)' (as applicable).
Various category names and their code numbers are given below.
PLEASE NOTE THAT CHANGE OF CATEGORY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AT ANY
STAGE AFTER
REGISTRATION OF ONLINE APPLICATION.
4. SELECTION PROCEDURE :
Phase-I : Preliminary Examination: Preliminary Examination consisting of
Objective T ests for 100 marks will be
conducted online. This test would be of 1 hour duration consisting of 3
Sections as follows:
Candidates have to qualify in each of the three tests by securing passing marks
to be decided by the Bank.
Adequate number of candidates in each category as decided by the Bank
(approximately 20 times the numbers
of vacancies subject to availability) will be short listed for the Main
Examination.
Phase II:Main Examination: Main Examination will consist of Objective T ests for
200 marks and Descriptive

T est for 50 marks. Both the Objective and Descriptive T ests will be online.
Candidates will have to answer
Descriptive test by typing on the computer. Immediately after completion of
Objective T est, Descriptive T est will
be administered.
(i) Objective Test: The Objective T est of 2 hour duration consists of 4 Sections with
50 marks each (T otal 200
marks) as follows:
a) T est of English Language (Grammar , Vocabulary , Comprehension etc.)
b) T est of General Awareness, Marketing &Computers
c) T est of Data Analysis & Interpretation
d) T est of Reasoning (High Level)
The candidates are required to qualify in each of the T ests by securing
passing marks, to be decided by the Bank.
(ii) Descriptive Test: The Descriptive T est of 1 hour duration with 50 marks will be a
T est of English Language
(Letter Writing & Essay).
Category Code Category Code Category Code Category Code
SC 01 ST 04 OBC 07 GEN 10
SC(OH) 02 ST(OH) 05 OBC(OH) 08 GEN(OH) 1 1
SC(VH) 03 ST(VH) 06 OBC(VH) 09 GEN(VH) 12
SL. Name of test No. of Questions Marks Duration
1. English Language 30 30 Composite Time of
2. Quantitative Aptitude 35 35 1 hour
3. Reasoning Ability 35 35
T otal 100 100
(Contd. on next page...)
(...contd. from previous page)
The candidates are required to qualify in the Descriptive T est by securing passing
marks, to be decided by the
Bank.

Descriptive Test paper of only those candidates will be evaluated who have
scored qualifying marks
in the Objective Tests and are placed adequately high as per total marks in
objective test.
Phase III: Group Discussion (20 marks) & Interview (30 marks)
The aggregate marks of candidates qualifying in both the Objective T ests
and Descriptive T est will be arranged in
descending order in each category . Adequate number of candidates in each
category , as decided by the Bank will
be called for Group Discussion and Interview . The qualifying marks in Group
Discussion &Interview will be as
decided by the Bank.
Candidates qualifying for GD & Interview under 'OBC' category would be required to
submit OBC
certificate containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause. Candidates not submitting
the OBC certificate
containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause and requesting to be interviewed under
General category
will not be entertained.
Final Selection
The marks obtained in the Preliminary Examination (Phase-I) will not be added for
the selection and only the
marks obtained in Main Examination (Phase-II) will be added to the marks
obtained in GD & Interview (Phase-III)
for preparation of the final merit list.
The candidates will have to qualify both in Phase-II and Phase-III separately .
Marks secured by the candidates in
the Written T est (out of 250 marks) are converted to out of 75 and marks
secured in Group Discussion & Interview
(out of 50 marks) are converted to out of 25. The final merit list is arrived at
after aggregating converted marks of
Written T est and Group Discussion &Interview out of 100 for each category . The
selection will be made from the
top merit ranked candidates in each category .

Results of the candidates who have qualified for GD & Interview and the list of
candidates finally selected will be
made available on the Bank's website. Final select list will be published in
Employment News/ Rozgar Samachar.
5. The examination will be held in the month of June 2015 (T entatively). The
Tentative List of examination
centres is provided under Point No. : 16.
Candidate should choose the name of the Centre where he/she desires to
take the examination. NO CHANGE IN
THE CHOICE OF EXAMINATION CENTRE WILL BE ENTERTAINED UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES. BANK
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD OR DELETE ANY CENTRE OR ALTER
EXAMINATION DATE AT ITS
DISCRETION.
6. EMOLUMENTS :
PAY: The starting basic pay is Rs.16,900/-(with 4 increments) in the scale of Rs.
14500-600/7-18700-700/2-20100-800/7-25700 applicable to Junior Management
Grade Scale I. The official will also be eligible for D.A,
H.R.A & C.C.A as per rules in force from time to time. The compensation
per annum at Mumbai is around
Rs. 8,55,000/-. The break up of monthly compensation is as under:
Cash Component : 36,046/-Bank's contribution to PF : 1,690/-Housing (Lease
Rental) : 29,500/-Perquisites (Conveyance, Newspapers, Entertainment
allowance, House & Furniture Maintenance etc. 4,130/-In addition, the
officers are also entitled to other benefits like
(i) Medical Aid for self (100%) and for family (75%)
(ii) Home Travel Concession/Leave Fare Concession
(iii) Concessional Interest Rates for Housing/Car/Personal Loans
The salary scales are under revision with effect from November 2012.
CAREER PATH
The Probationary Officers will be on probation of two years during which they will be
given intensive training.
T owards the end of their probation / training period, they will be subjected to a
screening process. While those

Officers who achieve the predetermined standards may be confirmed and given
placement in the next higher
grade i.e., Officer Middle Management Grade Scale-II, others who qualify in the
test but fail to achieve the
standards set for placement in Middle Management Grade Scale-II, will be
confirmed as Officer Junior
Management Grade Scale-I. The services of those Officers who fail to qualify in
this process will be terminated.
Bank provides immense opportunities for growth in the Bank including opportunities
for postings abroad. The
attractive promotion policy of the Bank provides an opportunity to the
meritorious and exceptionally brilliant
officers to reach the T op Management Grade in a reasonably quick time.
7. APPLICATION FEE AND INTIMA TION CHARGE: (Non Refundable)
The Bank may add additional centres or may delete some of the centres
indicated for training. Candidates opting
for pre-examination training should download their call letter for training by
entering their registration number and
password/ date of birth from 26.05.2015 onwards from Bank's website. No hard
copy of the call letter will be sent
by post.
9. Number of chances:
Sr. No. Category Total
1. SC/ST/PWD Rs.100/- (Intimation Charges only)
2. General and Others Rs. 600/- (App. Fee including intimation charges)
Fee/Intimation charges once paid will NOT be refunded on any account nor
can it be held in reserve for any other
examination or selection.
8. PRE-EXAMINATION TRAINING :
SBI may arrange pre-examination training at certain centres for
SC/ST/Religious Minority Community candidates
in consonance with the guidelines issued by Government of India. Candidates
belonging to the above categories
who desire to avail themselves of such training at their own cost may indicate
to that effect against relevant

column while applying on-line. An indicative list of training centres is given

below :
Category Number of Chances
General 4
General (PWD) 7
OBC 7
OBC(PWD) 7
SC/SC(PWD)/ ST/ ST(PWD) No Restriction
Candidates who have already appeared for the maximum number of chances
permissible are not eligible to to
apply . The number of chances will be counted from the examination held on
18.04.2010.
10 .HOW TO APPL Y
GUIDELINES FOR FILLING ONLINE APPLICATION:
Candidates will be required to register themselves online through Bank's website
www.statebankofindia.com
or www.sbi.co.in. After registration candidates are required to pay the requisite
application fee through online
mode by using debit card/ credit card/Internet Banking.
Pre-requisites for Applying Online
Candidates should have valid email ID which should be kept active till the
declaration of results. It will help
him/her in getting call letter/interview advices etc. by email.
PA YMENT OF FEES : [ONLINE MODE ONLY] :
i. Candidates should first scan their photograph and signature as detailed under
guidelines for scanning the
photograph and signature.
ii. Candidates to visit Bank's website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in
and open the appropriate
Online Application Format, available in the 'careers with us' link.
iii. Fill the application carefully . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the data. In
the event of candidates not being able to fill the data in one go, they can
save the data already entered. When

the data is saved, a provisional registration number and password will be

generated by the system and
displayed on the screen. Candidates should note down the registration
number and password. They can re-open the saved data using registration
number and password and edit the particulars, if needed. This facility
will be available three times only . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the
data. No change /edit will be allowed thereafter . The registration at this
stage is provisional.
iv . After ensuring the correctness of the particulars of the application form,
candidates are required to pay fees
through the payment gateway integrated with the application, following the
instructions available on the
screen.
v . The payment can be made by using Debit Cards
(RuPay/Visa/MasterCard/Maestro), Credit Cards, Internet
Banking, IMPS, Cash Cards/ Mobile Wallets by providing information as asked on the
screen. Transaction
charges for online payment, if any , will be borne by the candidates.
vi. On successful completion of the transaction, e-receipt and application form
will be generated; which may be
printed for record. The printout of the application form is not to be sent to
the Bank.
vii. If the online transaction is not successfully completed, please register
again and make payment online.
viii. There is also a provision to reprint the e-Receipt and Application form
containing fee details, at later stage.
11. GUIDELINES FOR SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE
Before applying online a candidate will be required to have a scanned (digital)
image of his/her photograph and
signature as per the specifications given in Annexure-I. Online application will
not be registered unless
candidates upload photo and signature as specified.
Note:
a. In case the face in the photograph or signature is unclear, the
candidate's application may be rejected.

b. In case the photograph or signature is unclear, the candidate may edit his
application and re-upload his
photograph or signature.
12. CALL LETTERS FOR EXAMINATION:
The candidates should download their call letter and an acquaint yourself
booklet by entering their registration
number and password / date of birth, from 09.06.2015 from the Bank's
website. NO HARD COPY OF THE CALL
LETTER / ACQUAINT YOURSELF BOOKLET WILL BE SENTBY POST .
13. PROOF OF IDENTITY TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF EXAMINTION:
The candidates must bring one photo identity proof such as passport/Adhar/P AN
Card/Driving Licence/Voter's
Card/Bank Passbook with duly attested Photograph/Identity Card issued by
college or university/Employee
ID/Gazetted Officer in the official letterhead in original as well as a selfattested Photocopy thereof. The
photocopy of Identity proof should be submitted along with call letter to the
invigilators in the
examination hall, failing which or if identity of candidates is in doubt the
candidate will not be permitted
to appear for the test.
14. ACTION AGAINST CANDIDATES FOUND GUILTY OF MISCONDUCT :
(a) Candidates are cautioned that they should not furnish any particulars that are
false, tampered/ fabricated
and they should not suppress any material information while filling up the
application form.
(b) At the time of examination/interview, if a candidate is (or has been)
found guilty of:
(i) using unfair means during the examination or (ii) impersonating or
procuring impersonation by any person
or (iii) misbehaving in the examination hall or (iv) resorting to any irregular or
improper means in connection
with his/her candidature for selection or (v) obtaining support for his/her
candidature by any unfair means,

such a candidate may, in addition to rendering himself/herself liable to criminal

prosecution, will also be
liable:
a) to be disqualified from the examination for which he/she is a candidate
b) to be debarred, either permanently or for a specified period, from any
examination or recruitment
conducted by Bank.
(c) The Bank would be analyzing the responses of a candidate with other
appeared candidates to detect
patterns of similarity . On the basis of such an analysis, if it is found that the
responses have been
shared and scores obtained are not genuine / valid, the Bank reserves the right to
cancel his/her
candidature.
(d) USE OF MOBILE PHONES, PAGERS, CALCULATOR OR ANY SUCH DEVICES:
(i) Mobile phones, pagers or any other communication devices are not allowed
inside the premises where the
examination/interview is being conducted. Any infringement of these instructions
shall entail cancellation of
candidature and disciplinary action including ban from future examinations.
(ii) Candidates are advised in their own interest not to bring any of the banned item
including mobile phones/
pagers to the venue of the examination/interview, as arrangement for
safekeeping cannot be assured.
(iii) Candidates are not permitted to use or have in possession of calculators
in examination premises.
15. GENERAL INFORMA TION:
i) Candidates are advised to take a printout of their system generated online
application form after submitting
the application.
ii) On-line registration of application & fee payment will be available from
13.04.2015 to 02.05.2015
iii) Candidates should satisfy themselves about their eligibility for the post
applied for . The Bank would admit to

the test all the candidates applying for the posts with the requisite fee on
the basis of the information
furnished in the online application and shall determine their eligibility only at
the time of interview .
iv) Candidates are advised in their own interest to apply online much before the
closing date and not to
wait till the last date to avoid the possibility of disconnection / inability /
failure to log on to the
website on account of heavy load on internet or website jam.
v) SBI does not assume any responsibility for the candidates not being able
to submit their
applications within the last date on account of aforesaid reasons or for any
other reason beyond the
control of SBI.
(Contd. on next page...)
Agartala Agra Ahmedabad Aizwal Akola Allahabad
Asansol Aurangabad Bareilly Bhubaneshwar Berhampur (Ganjam) Bhopal
Bangalore Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Dehradun Dibrugarh
Ernakulam Gangtok Gorakhpur Gulbarga Guwahati Hubli
Hyderabad Imphal Indore Itanagar Jabalpur Jaipur
Kanpur Kohima Kolkata Lucknow Madurai Meerut
Mumbai Mysore Nagpur NewDelhi Panaji (Goa) Patna
Port Blair Purnea Pune Raipur Ranchi Sambalpur
Silchar Siliguri Shillong Srinagar Tirupati Vadodara
Varanasi Vishakhapatnam Vijaywada
vi) Not more than one application should be submitted by a candidate. In case of
multiple applications,
only the last valid (completed) application will be retained and the
application fee / intimation
charges paid for the other registrations will stand forfeited. Multiple attendance/
appearance by a
candidate in examination and / or GD and/ or interview will be summarily
rejected/ candidature
cancelled.

vii) The possibility for occurrence of some problems in the administration of the
examination cannot be
ruled out completely , which may impact test delivery and/ or result from being
generated. In that
event, every effort will be made to rectify such problem, which may include the
conduct of another
examination if considered necessary.
viii) Candidates serving in Govt./Quasi Govt. offices, Public Sector undertakings
including Nationalised Banks
and Financial Institutions are advised to submit 'No Objection Certificate' from
their employer at the time of
interview , failing which their candidature may not be considered and travelling
expenses, if any , otherwise
admissible, will not be paid.
ix) In case of selection, candidates will be required to produce proper
discharge certificate from the employer at
the time of taking up the appointment.
x) Caste certificate issued by Competent Authority on format prescribed by
the Government of India will have to
be submitted by the SC/ST candidates, if called for interview .
xi) A declaration will have to be submitted in the prescribed format by candidates
seeking reservation under
OBC category stating that he/she does not belong to the creamy layer as on
02.05.2015. OBC certificate
containing the 'Non-creamy layer' clause, issued during the period 01.04.2015
to the date of interview ,
should be submitted by such candidates, if called for interview .
xii) Candidates are advised to keep their e-mail ID alive for receiving advices,
viz. call letters/ Interview advices
etc.
xiii) Appointment of selected candidates is subject to his /her being declared
medically fit as per the requirement
of the Bank concerned.
xiv) IN CASE IT IS DETECTED AT ANY STAGE OF RECRUITMENT THAT A
CANDIDATE DOES NOT FULFIL

THE ELIGIBILITY NORMS AND / OR THAT HE / SHE HAS FURNISHED ANY

INCORRECT / FALSE
INFORMA TION OR HAS SUPPRESSED ANYMATERIAL FACT(S), HIS /HERCANDIDA
TURE WILL
STAND CANCELLED. IF ANY OF THESE SHORTCOMINGS IS / ARE DETECTED
EVEN AFTER
APPOINTMENT , HIS /HER SERVICES ARE LIABLETOBE TERMINATED.
xv) Any legal proceedings in respect of any matter of claim or dispute arising
out of this advertisement and/or an
application in response thereto can be instituted only in Mumbai and
courts/tribunals/ forums at Mumbai only
shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to try any cause/dispute.
16. EXAMINATION CENTERS (T entative List)
The preliminary examination may be held at the following centres and the
address of the venue will be advised in
the call letters. Bank reserves the right to cancel any of the Examination
Centres and/ or add some other Centre,
at its discretion, depending upon the reponse, administrative feasibility , etc.
Bank also reserves the right to allot
the candidate to any centre other than the one he/she has opted for . The centres
for Main Examination may be
limited.
(...contd. from previous page)
CANVASSING IN ANYFORM WILLBE ADISQUALIFICATION
Mumbai, GENERALMANAGER
Date: 13.04.2015
This advertisement is also available on Bank's Website :
http://www.statebankofindia.com or http://www .sbi.co.in.
The Bank is not responsible for printing errors, if any
PHOTOGRAPH IMAGE:
? Photograph must be a recent passport size colour picture.
? The picture should be in colour, against a light-coloured, preferably white,
background.
? Look straight at the camera with a relaxed face.

? If the picture is taken on a sunny day , have the sun behind you, or place
yourself in the shade, so
that you are not squinting and there are no harsh shadows.
? If you have to use flash, ensure there's no red-eye.
? If you wear glasses make sure that there are no reflections and your eyes
can be clearly seen.
? Caps, hats and dark glasses are not acceptable. Religious headwear is allowed
but it must not
cover your face.
? Dimensions 200 x 230 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 20kb50kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 50KB. If the size of
the file is more
than 50KB, then adjust the settings of the scanner such as the DPI
resolution, no. of colours etc.,
during the process of scanning.
(ii) SIGNATURE IMAGE:
? The applicant has to sign on white paper with Black Ink pen.
? The signature must be signed only by the applicant and not by any other
person.
? If the Applicant's signature on the answer script, at the time of the
examination, does not match
the signature on the Attendance Sheet, the applicant will be disqualified.
? Dimensions 140 x 60 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 10kb 20kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 20KB.
SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE:
? Set the scanner resolution to a minimum of 200 dpi (dots per inch).
? Set Color to True Color.
? File Size as specified above.
? Crop the image in the scanner to the edge of the photograph/signature, then
use the upload
editor to crop the image to the final size (as specified above).

? The image file should be JPG or JPEG format. An example file name is:
image01.jpg or
image01.jpeg Image dimensions can be checked by listing the folder files or
moving the mouse
over the file image icon.
Candidates using MS Windows/MS Office can easily obtain photo and signature in
.jpeg format not
exceeding 50KB & 20KB respectively by using MS Paint or MS Office Picture Manager
. Scanned
photograph and signature in any format can be saved in .jpg format by using
'Save As' option in the
File menu and size can be reduced below 50KB (photograph) & 20KB
(signature) by using crop and
then resize option [Please see point (i) & (ii) above for the pixel size] in the 'Image'
menu. Similar
options are available in other photo editor also.
If the file size and format are not as prescribed, an error message will be
displayed.
While filling in the Online Application Form the candidate will be provided with a link
to upload his
photograph and signature.
Procedure for Uploading the Photograph and Signature
(i) There will be two separate links for uploading Photograph and Signature.
(ii) Click on the respective link Upload Photograph / Signature.
(iii) Browse & Select the location where the Scanned Photo / Signature file
has been saved.
(iv) Select the file by clicking on it.
(v) Click the 'Upload' button.
Annexure - I
1 1 Andaman & Nicobar Port Blair
12 Andhra Pradesh Chirala, Chittoor, Guntur , Kakinada, Kurnool, Nellore,
Ongole, Puttur, Rajahmundhry , Srikakulam, Tirupati,
Vijaywada, Vishakhapatnam, Vizianagaram
13 Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar Naharlagun

14 Assam Dibrugarh, Guwahati, Jorhat, Kokrajhar, Silchar T ezpur

15 Bihar Arrah, Aurangabad, Bihar Sharif, Bhagalpur, Darbhanga, Gaya,
Hajipur, Muzaffarpur , Patna, Purnea, Samastipur , Siwan
16 Chandigarh Chandigarh
17 Chhattisgarh Bhilai, Bilaspur, Raipur
18 Goa Panaji, Verna
19 Gujarat Ahmedabad, Anand, Gandhinagar, Himmatnagar , Jamnagar ,
Mehsana, Rajkot, Surat, Vadodara
20 Haryana Ambala, Bahadurgarh, Hissar, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Panipat,
Palwal, Rohtak, Sonipat, Yamunanagar
21 Himachal Pradesh Baddi, Bilaspur, Dharamshala, Hamirpur , Kangra, Kullu,
Mandi,
Shimla, Sirmaur, Solan, Una
22 Jammu & Kashmir Jammu, Kathua, Samba, Srinagar
23 Jharkhand Bokaro, Dhanbad, Hazaribag, Jamshedpur, Ranchi
24 Karnataka Belgaum, Bengaluru, Bidar, Gulbarga, Hubli, Mangalore,
Mysore, Shimoga, Udipi
25 Kerala Alappuzha, Kannur, Kochi, Kollam, Kottayam, Kozhikode,
Malappuram, Palakkad, Thrichur, Thiruvananthapuram
26 Lakshwadeep Kavarrati
27 Madhya Pradesh Bhopal, Gwalior, Indore, Jabalpur , Satna, Sagar , Ujjain
28 Maharashtra Amaravati, Aurangabad, Chandrapur, Dhule Jalgaon, Kolhapur ,
Latur, Mumbai/ Thane/Navi Mumbai, Nagpur, Nanded, Nasik,
Pune, Ratnagiri, Sangli, Satara
29 Manipur Imphal
30 Meghalaya Ri-Bhoi, Shillong
31 Mizoram Aizawal
32 Nagaland Kohima
33 Delhi -NCR Delhi, Faridabad, Ghaziabad, Greater Noida, Gurgaon
34 Odisha Angul, Balasore, Bargarh, Baripada, Berhampur (Ganjam),

Bhubaneshwar, Cuttack, Dhenkanal, Jharsuguda, Rourkela,

Sambalpur
35 Puducherry Puducherry
36 Punjab Amritsar, Bhatinda, Fatehgarh Sahib, Jalandhar , Ludhiana,
Mohali, Pathankot, Patiala, Phagwara, Sangrur
37 Rajasthan Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara, Bikaner , Jaipur , Jodhpur , Kota,
Sikar, Udaipur
38 Sikkim Gangtok
39 T amilnadu Chennai, Coimbatore, Dindigul, Krishnagiri, Madurai, Nagercoil,
Namakkal, Perambalur, Salem, Thanjavur, Thiruchirapalli,
Tirunelvelli, Thoothukodi, Vellore
40 T elangana Hyderabad, Karimnagar, Khammam, W arangal
41 Tripura Agartala
42 Uttar Pradesh Agra, Aligarh, Allahabad, Bareilly, Bulandshaher , Gorakhpur ,
Jhansi, Kanpur, Lucknow , Mathura, Meerut, Moradabad,
Muzaffarnagar , Unnao, V aranasi
43 Uttarakhand Dehradun, Haldwani, Haridwar, Roorkee
44 West Bengal Asansol, Berhampur (West Bengal), Bardhaman, Dumkal,
Durgapur, Hooghly , Howrah, Kalyani, Kolkata, Siliguri
State CodeState/UT Centre State CodeState/UT Centre
EXAMINATION CENTERS (Tentative List) technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).

2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage, Products and news for the dental
profession
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impression technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.

1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.

1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage,
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of

subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the

impression and dry it.

Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab

technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at

the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic

agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth

to inject the wash material.

Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab
technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at
the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.

Wait until seating the first crown before

attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
Products and news for the dental professionAll too often, modalities of therapy are
perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance

each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1

The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The

coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid

support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions

The H&H cordless impressionRECRUITMENT OF PROBA TIONARY OFFICERS IN ST A

TE BANK OF INDIA
ADVERTISEMENT NO. CRPD/PO/2015-16/02
CENTRALRECRUITMENT & PROMOTION DEP ARTMENT ,
CORPORA TE CENTRE, MUMBAI
(Phone : 022-2282 0427; Fax : 022-2282 041 1; E-mail : crpd@sbi.co.in)
ONLINE REGISTRA TION OF APPLICA TION: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
P A YMENT OF FEES - ONLINE: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
Preliminary Examination will be conducted tentatively in June 2015. Candidates
are advised to regularly check Bank's
website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in for details and updates. The
examination will be as detailed under
point No. 4 - Selection procedure.
Applications are invited from eligible Indian Citizens for appointment as
Probationary Officers (POs) in State Bank of India. Candidates selected
are liable to be posted anywhere in India.
SC ST OBC GEN Total OH VH Total
308 339 541 812 2000 38 24 62
Vacancies Vacancies (PWD)
SC ST OBC Total OH VH
67 219 107 393 14
Vacancies :
Backlog vacancies detailed as under have been included in the above mentioned
total vacancies.
*V acancies reserved for OBC category are available to OBC Candidates belonging
to 'Non-creamy layer'. 'Creamy layer' OBC candidates should indicate their
category as 'General'.
Vacancies for OH & VH category candidates are reserved horizontally .
Vacancies including reserved
vacancies are provisional and may vary according to the requirements of
Bank.
1. ELIGIBLITY CRITERIA :
(A) Essential Academic Qualifications: (AS ON 01.09.2015)

Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or any equivalent

qualification recognised
as such by the Central Government. Those who are in the Final year/Semester of
their Graduation
may also apply provisionally subject to the condition that, if called for
interview , they will have to
produce proof of having passed the graduation examination on or before
01.09.2015. Candidates
having integrated dual degree (IDD) certificate should ensure that the date
of passing the IDD is on or
before 01.09.2015.
Note : The date of passing eligibility examination will be the date appearing on the
marksheet or
provisional certificate issued by the University / Institute. In case the result
of a particular examination
is posted on the website of the University / Institute, a certificate issued by
the appropriate authority of
the University / Institute indicating the date on which the result was posted
on the website will be taken
as the date of passing. Irrespective of the date of examination, in case the
proof of having
passed the examination as on 01.09.2015 is not produced as detailed above
the candidate will
not be eligible.
(B) Age Limit : (As on 01.04.2015)
Not below 21 years and not above 30 years as on 01.04.2015 i.e candidates
must have been born not
earlier than 02.04.1985 and not later than 01.04.1994 (both days inclusive)
Relaxation of Upper age limit :
Sr. No. Category Age Relaxation
1. Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe 5 years
2. Other Backward Classes (Non-Creamy Layer) 3 years
3. Persons With Disabilities (PWD PWD (SC/ST)-15 Y ears
PWD (OBC)- 13 Y ears

PWD (Gen)- 10 Y ears

4. Ex Servicemen, Commissioned officers including Emergency 5 years
Commissioned Officers (ECOs)/Short Service Commissioned
Officers (SSCOs) who have rendered 5 years military service
and have been released on completion of assignment (including
those whose assignment is due to be completed within one year
from the last date of receipt of application) otherwise than by
way of dismissal or discharge on account of misconduct or
inefficiency or physical disability attributable to military service
or invalidment.
5. Persons Ordinarily domiciled of the state of Jammu & Kashmir 5 years
during the period 01.01.1980 to 31.12.1989
NOTE : CUMULATIVE AGE RELAXATION WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE EITHER UNDER
THE ABOVE ITEMS
OR IN COMBINATION WITH ANY OTHER ITEMS.
2. RESERVATION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITY (PWD) :
Vacancies are reserved for Orthopaedically Handicapped (OH) and Visually
Handicapped (VH) as per Persons
with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights & Full Participation) Act,
1995. Following categories
of Persons with Disabilities are eligible to get the benefit of reservationCategories of Persons with Disabilities
OA OL OAL BL B L V
OA -One Arm, OL-One Leg, OAL-One Arm and One Leg, BL-Both Leg, BBlind, L V-Low Vision
(a) Persons with OA and OAL category should have normal bilateral hand
functions.
(b) Blindness refers to a condition where a person suffers from any of the
following Conditions, namely:-(i) T otal absence of sight; or
(ii) Visual acuity not exceeding 6/60 or 20/200 (snellen) in the better eye
with Correcting lenses; or
(iii) Limitation of the field of vision subtending an angle of 20 degree or
worse;

(c) Person with Low Vision means a person with impairment of visual
functioning even after treatment or
standard refractive correction but who uses or is potentially capable of using
vision for the planning or
execution of a task with appropriate assistive device.
(d) Only such persons would be eligible for reservations who suffer from not less
than 40 per cent of relevant
disabilities. A person who wants to avail of benefit of reservation would have
to submit a Disability Certificate
as per format prescribed by Ministry of Social
Notification No. G.S.R. 2 (E)

Justice and Empowerment'

dated 30.12.2009.
Use of Scribe & Compensatory Time:
(i) The facility of Scribe / Reader would be allowed to any person who has
disability of 40 % or more (only those
candidates with disabilities who have physical limitation to write including that of
speed) if so desired by the
person. The compensatory time (20 minutes for every hour) would be
applicable to such candidates.
(ii) Candidates with low vision will be allowed compensatory time while writing the
examination regardlessof
whether they opt for amanuenses/scribe or self writing or with the help of
assistive devices like magnifier.
(iii) The scribe will be allowed to be used as per the guidelines issued vide Office
Memorandum F . No. 16-1 10/
2003-DD.III dated February 26, 2013 of Government of India, Ministry of
Social Justice and Empowerment,
Department of Disability Affairs, New Delhi and clarification issued by
Government of India, Ministry of
Finance, Deptt. Of Financial Services vide letter F . No.3/2/2013 - Welfare
dated 26.04.2013.
(iv) Any candidate who is not eligible to use scribe as per the guidelines
referred to above and uses scribe in the
written examination shall be disqualified to participate further in the
recruitment process. Any candidate who

is using scribe should ensure that he is eligible to use scribe in the

examination as per the above guidelines.
Any candidate using scribe in violation of the above guidelines shall stand
disqualified and can be removed
from service without notice, if has already joined the Bank.
3. CATEGORY
Instructions for writing Category Name and Category Code no. while applying
online.
Candidates belonging to OBC category but coming in the 'CREAMY LA YER', are not
entitled to
OBC reservation and age relaxation. They should indicate their category as
'GEN' or 'GEN (OH)' or
'GEN (VH)' (as applicable).
Various category names and their code numbers are given below.
PLEASE NOTE THAT CHANGE OF CATEGORY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AT ANY
STAGE AFTER
REGISTRATION OF ONLINE APPLICATION.
4. SELECTION PROCEDURE :
Phase-I : Preliminary Examination: Preliminary Examination consisting of
Objective T ests for 100 marks will be
conducted online. This test would be of 1 hour duration consisting of 3
Sections as follows:
Candidates have to qualify in each of the three tests by securing passing marks
to be decided by the Bank.
Adequate number of candidates in each category as decided by the Bank
(approximately 20 times the numbers
of vacancies subject to availability) will be short listed for the Main
Examination.
Phase II:Main Examination: Main Examination will consist of Objective T ests for
200 marks and Descriptive
T est for 50 marks. Both the Objective and Descriptive T ests will be online.
Candidates will have to answer
Descriptive test by typing on the computer. Immediately after completion of
Objective T est, Descriptive T est will
be administered.

(i) Objective Test: The Objective T est of 2 hour duration consists of 4 Sections with
50 marks each (T otal 200
marks) as follows:
a) T est of English Language (Grammar , Vocabulary , Comprehension etc.)
b) T est of General Awareness, Marketing &Computers
c) T est of Data Analysis & Interpretation
d) T est of Reasoning (High Level)
The candidates are required to qualify in each of the T ests by securing
passing marks, to be decided by the Bank.
(ii) Descriptive Test: The Descriptive T est of 1 hour duration with 50 marks will be a
T est of English Language
(Letter Writing & Essay).
Category Code Category Code Category Code Category Code
SC 01 ST 04 OBC 07 GEN 10
SC(OH) 02 ST(OH) 05 OBC(OH) 08 GEN(OH) 1 1
SC(VH) 03 ST(VH) 06 OBC(VH) 09 GEN(VH) 12
SL. Name of test No. of Questions Marks Duration
1. English Language 30 30 Composite Time of
2. Quantitative Aptitude 35 35 1 hour
3. Reasoning Ability 35 35
T otal 100 100
(Contd. on next page...)
(...contd. from previous page)
The candidates are required to qualify in the Descriptive T est by securing passing
marks, to be decided by the
Bank.
Descriptive Test paper of only those candidates will be evaluated who have
scored qualifying marks
in the Objective Tests and are placed adequately high as per total marks in
objective test.
Phase III: Group Discussion (20 marks) & Interview (30 marks)

The aggregate marks of candidates qualifying in both the Objective T ests

and Descriptive T est will be arranged in
descending order in each category . Adequate number of candidates in each
category , as decided by the Bank will
be called for Group Discussion and Interview . The qualifying marks in Group
Discussion &Interview will be as
decided by the Bank.
Candidates qualifying for GD & Interview under 'OBC' category would be required to
submit OBC
certificate containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause. Candidates not submitting
the OBC certificate
containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause and requesting to be interviewed under
General category
will not be entertained.
Final Selection
The marks obtained in the Preliminary Examination (Phase-I) will not be added for
the selection and only the
marks obtained in Main Examination (Phase-II) will be added to the marks
obtained in GD & Interview (Phase-III)
for preparation of the final merit list.
The candidates will have to qualify both in Phase-II and Phase-III separately .
Marks secured by the candidates in
the Written T est (out of 250 marks) are converted to out of 75 and marks
secured in Group Discussion & Interview
(out of 50 marks) are converted to out of 25. The final merit list is arrived at
after aggregating converted marks of
Written T est and Group Discussion &Interview out of 100 for each category . The
selection will be made from the
top merit ranked candidates in each category .
Results of the candidates who have qualified for GD & Interview and the list of
candidates finally selected will be
made available on the Bank's website. Final select list will be published in
Employment News/ Rozgar Samachar.
5. The examination will be held in the month of June 2015 (T entatively). The
Tentative List of examination

centres is provided under Point No. : 16.

Candidate should choose the name of the Centre where he/she desires to
take the examination. NO CHANGE IN
THE CHOICE OF EXAMINATION CENTRE WILL BE ENTERTAINED UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES. BANK
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD OR DELETE ANY CENTRE OR ALTER
EXAMINATION DATE AT ITS
DISCRETION.
6. EMOLUMENTS :
PAY: The starting basic pay is Rs.16,900/-(with 4 increments) in the scale of Rs.
14500-600/7-18700-700/2-20100-800/7-25700 applicable to Junior Management
Grade Scale I. The official will also be eligible for D.A,
H.R.A & C.C.A as per rules in force from time to time. The compensation
per annum at Mumbai is around
Rs. 8,55,000/-. The break up of monthly compensation is as under:
Cash Component : 36,046/-Bank's contribution to PF : 1,690/-Housing (Lease
Rental) : 29,500/-Perquisites (Conveyance, Newspapers, Entertainment
allowance, House & Furniture Maintenance etc. 4,130/-In addition, the
officers are also entitled to other benefits like
(i) Medical Aid for self (100%) and for family (75%)
(ii) Home Travel Concession/Leave Fare Concession
(iii) Concessional Interest Rates for Housing/Car/Personal Loans
The salary scales are under revision with effect from November 2012.
CAREER PATH
The Probationary Officers will be on probation of two years during which they will be
given intensive training.
T owards the end of their probation / training period, they will be subjected to a
screening process. While those
Officers who achieve the predetermined standards may be confirmed and given
placement in the next higher
grade i.e., Officer Middle Management Grade Scale-II, others who qualify in the
test but fail to achieve the
standards set for placement in Middle Management Grade Scale-II, will be
confirmed as Officer Junior

Management Grade Scale-I. The services of those Officers who fail to qualify in
this process will be terminated.
Bank provides immense opportunities for growth in the Bank including opportunities
for postings abroad. The
attractive promotion policy of the Bank provides an opportunity to the
meritorious and exceptionally brilliant
officers to reach the T op Management Grade in a reasonably quick time.
7. APPLICATION FEE AND INTIMA TION CHARGE: (Non Refundable)
The Bank may add additional centres or may delete some of the centres
indicated for training. Candidates opting
for pre-examination training should download their call letter for training by
entering their registration number and
password/ date of birth from 26.05.2015 onwards from Bank's website. No hard
copy of the call letter will be sent
by post.
9. Number of chances:
Sr. No. Category Total
1. SC/ST/PWD Rs.100/- (Intimation Charges only)
2. General and Others Rs. 600/- (App. Fee including intimation charges)
Fee/Intimation charges once paid will NOT be refunded on any account nor
can it be held in reserve for any other
examination or selection.
8. PRE-EXAMINATION TRAINING :
SBI may arrange pre-examination training at certain centres for
SC/ST/Religious Minority Community candidates
in consonance with the guidelines issued by Government of India. Candidates
belonging to the above categories
who desire to avail themselves of such training at their own cost may indicate
to that effect against relevant
column while applying on-line. An indicative list of training centres is given
below :
Category Number of Chances
General 4
General (PWD) 7

OBC 7
OBC(PWD) 7
SC/SC(PWD)/ ST/ ST(PWD) No Restriction
Candidates who have already appeared for the maximum number of chances
permissible are not eligible to to
apply . The number of chances will be counted from the examination held on
18.04.2010.
10 .HOW TO APPL Y
GUIDELINES FOR FILLING ONLINE APPLICATION:
Candidates will be required to register themselves online through Bank's website
www.statebankofindia.com
or www.sbi.co.in. After registration candidates are required to pay the requisite
application fee through online
mode by using debit card/ credit card/Internet Banking.
Pre-requisites for Applying Online
Candidates should have valid email ID which should be kept active till the
declaration of results. It will help
him/her in getting call letter/interview advices etc. by email.
PA YMENT OF FEES : [ONLINE MODE ONLY] :
i. Candidates should first scan their photograph and signature as detailed under
guidelines for scanning the
photograph and signature.
ii. Candidates to visit Bank's website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in
and open the appropriate
Online Application Format, available in the 'careers with us' link.
iii. Fill the application carefully . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the data. In
the event of candidates not being able to fill the data in one go, they can
save the data already entered. When
the data is saved, a provisional registration number and password will be
generated by the system and
displayed on the screen. Candidates should note down the registration
number and password. They can re-open the saved data using registration
number and password and edit the particulars, if needed. This facility

will be available three times only . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the
data. No change /edit will be allowed thereafter . The registration at this
stage is provisional.
iv . After ensuring the correctness of the particulars of the application form,
candidates are required to pay fees
through the payment gateway integrated with the application, following the
instructions available on the
screen.
v . The payment can be made by using Debit Cards
(RuPay/Visa/MasterCard/Maestro), Credit Cards, Internet
Banking, IMPS, Cash Cards/ Mobile Wallets by providing information as asked on the
screen. Transaction
charges for online payment, if any , will be borne by the candidates.
vi. On successful completion of the transaction, e-receipt and application form
will be generated; which may be
printed for record. The printout of the application form is not to be sent to
the Bank.
vii. If the online transaction is not successfully completed, please register
again and make payment online.
viii. There is also a provision to reprint the e-Receipt and Application form
containing fee details, at later stage.
11. GUIDELINES FOR SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE
Before applying online a candidate will be required to have a scanned (digital)
image of his/her photograph and
signature as per the specifications given in Annexure-I. Online application will
not be registered unless
candidates upload photo and signature as specified.
Note:
a. In case the face in the photograph or signature is unclear, the
candidate's application may be rejected.
b. In case the photograph or signature is unclear, the candidate may edit his
application and re-upload his
photograph or signature.
12. CALL LETTERS FOR EXAMINATION:

The candidates should download their call letter and an acquaint yourself
booklet by entering their registration
number and password / date of birth, from 09.06.2015 from the Bank's
website. NO HARD COPY OF THE CALL
LETTER / ACQUAINT YOURSELF BOOKLET WILL BE SENTBY POST .
13. PROOF OF IDENTITY TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF EXAMINTION:
The candidates must bring one photo identity proof such as passport/Adhar/P AN
Card/Driving Licence/Voter's
Card/Bank Passbook with duly attested Photograph/Identity Card issued by
college or university/Employee
ID/Gazetted Officer in the official letterhead in original as well as a selfattested Photocopy thereof. The
photocopy of Identity proof should be submitted along with call letter to the
invigilators in the
examination hall, failing which or if identity of candidates is in doubt the
candidate will not be permitted
to appear for the test.
14. ACTION AGAINST CANDIDATES FOUND GUILTY OF MISCONDUCT :
(a) Candidates are cautioned that they should not furnish any particulars that are
false, tampered/ fabricated
and they should not suppress any material information while filling up the
application form.
(b) At the time of examination/interview, if a candidate is (or has been)
found guilty of:
(i) using unfair means during the examination or (ii) impersonating or
procuring impersonation by any person
or (iii) misbehaving in the examination hall or (iv) resorting to any irregular or
improper means in connection
with his/her candidature for selection or (v) obtaining support for his/her
candidature by any unfair means,
such a candidate may, in addition to rendering himself/herself liable to criminal
prosecution, will also be
liable:
a) to be disqualified from the examination for which he/she is a candidate

b) to be debarred, either permanently or for a specified period, from any

examination or recruitment
conducted by Bank.
(c) The Bank would be analyzing the responses of a candidate with other
appeared candidates to detect
patterns of similarity . On the basis of such an analysis, if it is found that the
responses have been
shared and scores obtained are not genuine / valid, the Bank reserves the right to
cancel his/her
candidature.
(d) USE OF MOBILE PHONES, PAGERS, CALCULATOR OR ANY SUCH DEVICES:
(i) Mobile phones, pagers or any other communication devices are not allowed
inside the premises where the
examination/interview is being conducted. Any infringement of these instructions
shall entail cancellation of
candidature and disciplinary action including ban from future examinations.
(ii) Candidates are advised in their own interest not to bring any of the banned item
including mobile phones/
pagers to the venue of the examination/interview, as arrangement for
safekeeping cannot be assured.
(iii) Candidates are not permitted to use or have in possession of calculators
in examination premises.
15. GENERAL INFORMA TION:
i) Candidates are advised to take a printout of their system generated online
application form after submitting
the application.
ii) On-line registration of application & fee payment will be available from
13.04.2015 to 02.05.2015
iii) Candidates should satisfy themselves about their eligibility for the post
applied for . The Bank would admit to
the test all the candidates applying for the posts with the requisite fee on
the basis of the information
furnished in the online application and shall determine their eligibility only at
the time of interview .

iv) Candidates are advised in their own interest to apply online much before the
closing date and not to
wait till the last date to avoid the possibility of disconnection / inability /
failure to log on to the
website on account of heavy load on internet or website jam.
v) SBI does not assume any responsibility for the candidates not being able
to submit their
applications within the last date on account of aforesaid reasons or for any
other reason beyond the
control of SBI.
(Contd. on next page...)
Agartala Agra Ahmedabad Aizwal Akola Allahabad
Asansol Aurangabad Bareilly Bhubaneshwar Berhampur (Ganjam) Bhopal
Bangalore Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Dehradun Dibrugarh
Ernakulam Gangtok Gorakhpur Gulbarga Guwahati Hubli
Hyderabad Imphal Indore Itanagar Jabalpur Jaipur
Kanpur Kohima Kolkata Lucknow Madurai Meerut
Mumbai Mysore Nagpur NewDelhi Panaji (Goa) Patna
Port Blair Purnea Pune Raipur Ranchi Sambalpur
Silchar Siliguri Shillong Srinagar Tirupati Vadodara
Varanasi Vishakhapatnam Vijaywada
vi) Not more than one application should be submitted by a candidate. In case of
multiple applications,
only the last valid (completed) application will be retained and the
application fee / intimation
charges paid for the other registrations will stand forfeited. Multiple attendance/
appearance by a
candidate in examination and / or GD and/ or interview will be summarily
rejected/ candidature
cancelled.
vii) The possibility for occurrence of some problems in the administration of the
examination cannot be
ruled out completely , which may impact test delivery and/ or result from being
generated. In that

event, every effort will be made to rectify such problem, which may include the
conduct of another
examination if considered necessary.
viii) Candidates serving in Govt./Quasi Govt. offices, Public Sector undertakings
including Nationalised Banks
and Financial Institutions are advised to submit 'No Objection Certificate' from
their employer at the time of
interview , failing which their candidature may not be considered and travelling
expenses, if any , otherwise
admissible, will not be paid.
ix) In case of selection, candidates will be required to produce proper
discharge certificate from the employer at
the time of taking up the appointment.
x) Caste certificate issued by Competent Authority on format prescribed by
the Government of India will have to
be submitted by the SC/ST candidates, if called for interview .
xi) A declaration will have to be submitted in the prescribed format by candidates
seeking reservation under
OBC category stating that he/she does not belong to the creamy layer as on
02.05.2015. OBC certificate
containing the 'Non-creamy layer' clause, issued during the period 01.04.2015
to the date of interview ,
should be submitted by such candidates, if called for interview .
xii) Candidates are advised to keep their e-mail ID alive for receiving advices,
viz. call letters/ Interview advices
etc.
xiii) Appointment of selected candidates is subject to his /her being declared
medically fit as per the requirement
of the Bank concerned.
xiv) IN CASE IT IS DETECTED AT ANY STAGE OF RECRUITMENT THAT A
CANDIDATE DOES NOT FULFIL
THE ELIGIBILITY NORMS AND / OR THAT HE / SHE HAS FURNISHED ANY
INCORRECT / FALSE
INFORMA TION OR HAS SUPPRESSED ANYMATERIAL FACT(S), HIS /HERCANDIDA
TURE WILL

STAND CANCELLED. IF ANY OF THESE SHORTCOMINGS IS / ARE DETECTED

EVEN AFTER
APPOINTMENT , HIS /HER SERVICES ARE LIABLETOBE TERMINATED.
xv) Any legal proceedings in respect of any matter of claim or dispute arising
out of this advertisement and/or an
application in response thereto can be instituted only in Mumbai and
courts/tribunals/ forums at Mumbai only
shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to try any cause/dispute.
16. EXAMINATION CENTERS (T entative List)
The preliminary examination may be held at the following centres and the
address of the venue will be advised in
the call letters. Bank reserves the right to cancel any of the Examination
Centres and/ or add some other Centre,
at its discretion, depending upon the reponse, administrative feasibility , etc.
Bank also reserves the right to allot
the candidate to any centre other than the one he/she has opted for . The centres
for Main Examination may be
limited.
(...contd. from previous page)
CANVASSING IN ANYFORM WILLBE ADISQUALIFICATION
Mumbai, GENERALMANAGER
Date: 13.04.2015
This advertisement is also available on Bank's Website :
http://www.statebankofindia.com or http://www .sbi.co.in.
The Bank is not responsible for printing errors, if any
PHOTOGRAPH IMAGE:
? Photograph must be a recent passport size colour picture.
? The picture should be in colour, against a light-coloured, preferably white,
background.
? Look straight at the camera with a relaxed face.
? If the picture is taken on a sunny day , have the sun behind you, or place
yourself in the shade, so
that you are not squinting and there are no harsh shadows.
? If you have to use flash, ensure there's no red-eye.

? If you wear glasses make sure that there are no reflections and your eyes
can be clearly seen.
? Caps, hats and dark glasses are not acceptable. Religious headwear is allowed
but it must not
cover your face.
? Dimensions 200 x 230 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 20kb50kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 50KB. If the size of
the file is more
than 50KB, then adjust the settings of the scanner such as the DPI
resolution, no. of colours etc.,
during the process of scanning.
(ii) SIGNATURE IMAGE:
? The applicant has to sign on white paper with Black Ink pen.
? The signature must be signed only by the applicant and not by any other
person.
? If the Applicant's signature on the answer script, at the time of the
examination, does not match
the signature on the Attendance Sheet, the applicant will be disqualified.
? Dimensions 140 x 60 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 10kb 20kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 20KB.
SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE:
? Set the scanner resolution to a minimum of 200 dpi (dots per inch).
? Set Color to True Color.
? File Size as specified above.
? Crop the image in the scanner to the edge of the photograph/signature, then
use the upload
editor to crop the image to the final size (as specified above).
? The image file should be JPG or JPEG format. An example file name is:
image01.jpg or
image01.jpeg Image dimensions can be checked by listing the folder files or
moving the mouse

over the file image icon.

Candidates using MS Windows/MS Office can easily obtain photo and signature in
.jpeg format not
exceeding 50KB & 20KB respectively by using MS Paint or MS Office Picture Manager
. Scanned
photograph and signature in any format can be saved in .jpg format by using
'Save As' option in the
File menu and size can be reduced below 50KB (photograph) & 20KB
(signature) by using crop and
then resize option [Please see point (i) & (ii) above for the pixel size] in the 'Image'
menu. Similar
options are available in other photo editor also.
If the file size and format are not as prescribed, an error message will be
displayed.
While filling in the Online Application Form the candidate will be provided with a link
to upload his
photograph and signature.
Procedure for Uploading the Photograph and Signature
(i) There will be two separate links for uploading Photograph and Signature.
(ii) Click on the respective link Upload Photograph / Signature.
(iii) Browse & Select the location where the Scanned Photo / Signature file
has been saved.
(iv) Select the file by clicking on it.
(v) Click the 'Upload' button.
Annexure - I
1 1 Andaman & Nicobar Port Blair
12 Andhra Pradesh Chirala, Chittoor, Guntur , Kakinada, Kurnool, Nellore,
Ongole, Puttur, Rajahmundhry , Srikakulam, Tirupati,
Vijaywada, Vishakhapatnam, Vizianagaram
13 Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar Naharlagun
14 Assam Dibrugarh, Guwahati, Jorhat, Kokrajhar, Silchar T ezpur
15 Bihar Arrah, Aurangabad, Bihar Sharif, Bhagalpur, Darbhanga, Gaya,
Hajipur, Muzaffarpur , Patna, Purnea, Samastipur , Siwan

16 Chandigarh Chandigarh
17 Chhattisgarh Bhilai, Bilaspur, Raipur
18 Goa Panaji, Verna
19 Gujarat Ahmedabad, Anand, Gandhinagar, Himmatnagar , Jamnagar ,
Mehsana, Rajkot, Surat, Vadodara
20 Haryana Ambala, Bahadurgarh, Hissar, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Panipat,
Palwal, Rohtak, Sonipat, Yamunanagar
21 Himachal Pradesh Baddi, Bilaspur, Dharamshala, Hamirpur , Kangra, Kullu,
Mandi,
Shimla, Sirmaur, Solan, Una
22 Jammu & Kashmir Jammu, Kathua, Samba, Srinagar
23 Jharkhand Bokaro, Dhanbad, Hazaribag, Jamshedpur, Ranchi
24 Karnataka Belgaum, Bengaluru, Bidar, Gulbarga, Hubli, Mangalore,
Mysore, Shimoga, Udipi
25 Kerala Alappuzha, Kannur, Kochi, Kollam, Kottayam, Kozhikode,
Malappuram, Palakkad, Thrichur, Thiruvananthapuram
26 Lakshwadeep Kavarrati
27 Madhya Pradesh Bhopal, Gwalior, Indore, Jabalpur , Satna, Sagar , Ujjain
28 Maharashtra Amaravati, Aurangabad, Chandrapur, Dhule Jalgaon, Kolhapur ,
Latur, Mumbai/ Thane/Navi Mumbai, Nagpur, Nanded, Nasik,
Pune, Ratnagiri, Sangli, Satara
29 Manipur Imphal
30 Meghalaya Ri-Bhoi, Shillong
31 Mizoram Aizawal
32 Nagaland Kohima
33 Delhi -NCR Delhi, Faridabad, Ghaziabad, Greater Noida, Gurgaon
34 Odisha Angul, Balasore, Bargarh, Baripada, Berhampur (Ganjam),
Bhubaneshwar, Cuttack, Dhenkanal, Jharsuguda, Rourkela,
Sambalpur
35 Puducherry Puducherry

36 Punjab Amritsar, Bhatinda, Fatehgarh Sahib, Jalandhar , Ludhiana,

Mohali, Pathankot, Patiala, Phagwara, Sangrur
37 Rajasthan Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara, Bikaner , Jaipur , Jodhpur , Kota,
Sikar, Udaipur
38 Sikkim Gangtok
39 T amilnadu Chennai, Coimbatore, Dindigul, Krishnagiri, Madurai, Nagercoil,
Namakkal, Perambalur, Salem, Thanjavur, Thiruchirapalli,
Tirunelvelli, Thoothukodi, Vellore
40 T elangana Hyderabad, Karimnagar, Khammam, W arangal
41 Tripura Agartala
42 Uttar Pradesh Agra, Aligarh, Allahabad, Bareilly, Bulandshaher , Gorakhpur ,
Jhansi, Kanpur, Lucknow , Mathura, Meerut, Moradabad,
Muzaffarnagar , Unnao, V aranasi
43 Uttarakhand Dehradun, Haldwani, Haridwar, Roorkee
44 West Bengal Asansol, Berhampur (West Bengal), Bardhaman, Dumkal,
Durgapur, Hooghly , Howrah, Kalyani, Kolkata, Siliguri
State CodeState/UT Centre State CodeState/UT Centre
EXAMINATION CENTERS (Tentative List) technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one

minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is

no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage, Products and news for the dental
profession
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impression technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded

with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage,
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,

gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only

on the area of the prepped tooth within

the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab

technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at

the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic

agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth

to inject the wash material.

Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab
technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at
the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.

Wait until seating the first crown before

attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.

1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic

retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific

rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.

Yalisove and Dietz

2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford

a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and

survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impressionRECRUITMENT OF PROBA TIONARY OFFICERS IN ST A
TE BANK OF INDIA
ADVERTISEMENT NO. CRPD/PO/2015-16/02
CENTRALRECRUITMENT & PROMOTION DEP ARTMENT ,
CORPORA TE CENTRE, MUMBAI
(Phone : 022-2282 0427; Fax : 022-2282 041 1; E-mail : crpd@sbi.co.in)
ONLINE REGISTRA TION OF APPLICA TION: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
P A YMENT OF FEES - ONLINE: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
Preliminary Examination will be conducted tentatively in June 2015. Candidates
are advised to regularly check Bank's
website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in for details and updates. The
examination will be as detailed under

point No. 4 - Selection procedure.

Applications are invited from eligible Indian Citizens for appointment as
Probationary Officers (POs) in State Bank of India. Candidates selected
are liable to be posted anywhere in India.
SC ST OBC GEN Total OH VH Total
308 339 541 812 2000 38 24 62
Vacancies Vacancies (PWD)
SC ST OBC Total OH VH
67 219 107 393 14
Vacancies :
Backlog vacancies detailed as under have been included in the above mentioned
total vacancies.
*V acancies reserved for OBC category are available to OBC Candidates belonging
to 'Non-creamy layer'. 'Creamy layer' OBC candidates should indicate their
category as 'General'.
Vacancies for OH & VH category candidates are reserved horizontally .
Vacancies including reserved
vacancies are provisional and may vary according to the requirements of
Bank.
1. ELIGIBLITY CRITERIA :
(A) Essential Academic Qualifications: (AS ON 01.09.2015)
Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or any equivalent
qualification recognised
as such by the Central Government. Those who are in the Final year/Semester of
their Graduation
may also apply provisionally subject to the condition that, if called for
interview , they will have to
produce proof of having passed the graduation examination on or before
01.09.2015. Candidates
having integrated dual degree (IDD) certificate should ensure that the date
of passing the IDD is on or
before 01.09.2015.
Note : The date of passing eligibility examination will be the date appearing on the
marksheet or

provisional certificate issued by the University / Institute. In case the result

of a particular examination
is posted on the website of the University / Institute, a certificate issued by
the appropriate authority of
the University / Institute indicating the date on which the result was posted
on the website will be taken
as the date of passing. Irrespective of the date of examination, in case the
proof of having
passed the examination as on 01.09.2015 is not produced as detailed above
the candidate will
not be eligible.
(B) Age Limit : (As on 01.04.2015)
Not below 21 years and not above 30 years as on 01.04.2015 i.e candidates
must have been born not
earlier than 02.04.1985 and not later than 01.04.1994 (both days inclusive)
Relaxation of Upper age limit :
Sr. No. Category Age Relaxation
1. Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe 5 years
2. Other Backward Classes (Non-Creamy Layer) 3 years
3. Persons With Disabilities (PWD PWD (SC/ST)-15 Y ears
PWD (OBC)- 13 Y ears
PWD (Gen)- 10 Y ears
4. Ex Servicemen, Commissioned officers including Emergency 5 years
Commissioned Officers (ECOs)/Short Service Commissioned
Officers (SSCOs) who have rendered 5 years military service
and have been released on completion of assignment (including
those whose assignment is due to be completed within one year
from the last date of receipt of application) otherwise than by
way of dismissal or discharge on account of misconduct or
inefficiency or physical disability attributable to military service
or invalidment.
5. Persons Ordinarily domiciled of the state of Jammu & Kashmir 5 years

during the period 01.01.1980 to 31.12.1989

NOTE : CUMULATIVE AGE RELAXATION WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE EITHER UNDER
THE ABOVE ITEMS
OR IN COMBINATION WITH ANY OTHER ITEMS.
2. RESERVATION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITY (PWD) :
Vacancies are reserved for Orthopaedically Handicapped (OH) and Visually
Handicapped (VH) as per Persons
with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights & Full Participation) Act,
1995. Following categories
of Persons with Disabilities are eligible to get the benefit of reservationCategories of Persons with Disabilities
OA OL OAL BL B L V
OA -One Arm, OL-One Leg, OAL-One Arm and One Leg, BL-Both Leg, BBlind, L V-Low Vision
(a) Persons with OA and OAL category should have normal bilateral hand
functions.
(b) Blindness refers to a condition where a person suffers from any of the
following Conditions, namely:-(i) T otal absence of sight; or
(ii) Visual acuity not exceeding 6/60 or 20/200 (snellen) in the better eye
with Correcting lenses; or
(iii) Limitation of the field of vision subtending an angle of 20 degree or
worse;
(c) Person with Low Vision means a person with impairment of visual
functioning even after treatment or
standard refractive correction but who uses or is potentially capable of using
vision for the planning or
execution of a task with appropriate assistive device.
(d) Only such persons would be eligible for reservations who suffer from not less
than 40 per cent of relevant
disabilities. A person who wants to avail of benefit of reservation would have
to submit a Disability Certificate
as per format prescribed by Ministry of Social
Notification No. G.S.R. 2 (E)
dated 30.12.2009.
Use of Scribe & Compensatory Time:

Justice and Empowerment'

(i) The facility of Scribe / Reader would be allowed to any person who has
disability of 40 % or more (only those
candidates with disabilities who have physical limitation to write including that of
speed) if so desired by the
person. The compensatory time (20 minutes for every hour) would be
applicable to such candidates.
(ii) Candidates with low vision will be allowed compensatory time while writing the
examination regardlessof
whether they opt for amanuenses/scribe or self writing or with the help of
assistive devices like magnifier.
(iii) The scribe will be allowed to be used as per the guidelines issued vide Office
Memorandum F . No. 16-1 10/
2003-DD.III dated February 26, 2013 of Government of India, Ministry of
Social Justice and Empowerment,
Department of Disability Affairs, New Delhi and clarification issued by
Government of India, Ministry of
Finance, Deptt. Of Financial Services vide letter F . No.3/2/2013 - Welfare
dated 26.04.2013.
(iv) Any candidate who is not eligible to use scribe as per the guidelines
referred to above and uses scribe in the
written examination shall be disqualified to participate further in the
recruitment process. Any candidate who
is using scribe should ensure that he is eligible to use scribe in the
examination as per the above guidelines.
Any candidate using scribe in violation of the above guidelines shall stand
disqualified and can be removed
from service without notice, if has already joined the Bank.
3. CATEGORY
Instructions for writing Category Name and Category Code no. while applying
online.
Candidates belonging to OBC category but coming in the 'CREAMY LA YER', are not
entitled to
OBC reservation and age relaxation. They should indicate their category as
'GEN' or 'GEN (OH)' or
'GEN (VH)' (as applicable).
Various category names and their code numbers are given below.

PLEASE NOTE THAT CHANGE OF CATEGORY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AT ANY

STAGE AFTER
REGISTRATION OF ONLINE APPLICATION.
4. SELECTION PROCEDURE :
Phase-I : Preliminary Examination: Preliminary Examination consisting of
Objective T ests for 100 marks will be
conducted online. This test would be of 1 hour duration consisting of 3
Sections as follows:
Candidates have to qualify in each of the three tests by securing passing marks
to be decided by the Bank.
Adequate number of candidates in each category as decided by the Bank
(approximately 20 times the numbers
of vacancies subject to availability) will be short listed for the Main
Examination.
Phase II:Main Examination: Main Examination will consist of Objective T ests for
200 marks and Descriptive
T est for 50 marks. Both the Objective and Descriptive T ests will be online.
Candidates will have to answer
Descriptive test by typing on the computer. Immediately after completion of
Objective T est, Descriptive T est will
be administered.
(i) Objective Test: The Objective T est of 2 hour duration consists of 4 Sections with
50 marks each (T otal 200
marks) as follows:
a) T est of English Language (Grammar , Vocabulary , Comprehension etc.)
b) T est of General Awareness, Marketing &Computers
c) T est of Data Analysis & Interpretation
d) T est of Reasoning (High Level)
The candidates are required to qualify in each of the T ests by securing
passing marks, to be decided by the Bank.
(ii) Descriptive Test: The Descriptive T est of 1 hour duration with 50 marks will be a
T est of English Language
(Letter Writing & Essay).
Category Code Category Code Category Code Category Code

SC 01 ST 04 OBC 07 GEN 10
SC(OH) 02 ST(OH) 05 OBC(OH) 08 GEN(OH) 1 1
SC(VH) 03 ST(VH) 06 OBC(VH) 09 GEN(VH) 12
SL. Name of test No. of Questions Marks Duration
1. English Language 30 30 Composite Time of
2. Quantitative Aptitude 35 35 1 hour
3. Reasoning Ability 35 35
T otal 100 100
(Contd. on next page...)
(...contd. from previous page)
The candidates are required to qualify in the Descriptive T est by securing passing
marks, to be decided by the
Bank.
Descriptive Test paper of only those candidates will be evaluated who have
scored qualifying marks
in the Objective Tests and are placed adequately high as per total marks in
objective test.
Phase III: Group Discussion (20 marks) & Interview (30 marks)
The aggregate marks of candidates qualifying in both the Objective T ests
and Descriptive T est will be arranged in
descending order in each category . Adequate number of candidates in each
category , as decided by the Bank will
be called for Group Discussion and Interview . The qualifying marks in Group
Discussion &Interview will be as
decided by the Bank.
Candidates qualifying for GD & Interview under 'OBC' category would be required to
submit OBC
certificate containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause. Candidates not submitting
the OBC certificate
containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause and requesting to be interviewed under
General category
will not be entertained.
Final Selection

The marks obtained in the Preliminary Examination (Phase-I) will not be added for
the selection and only the
marks obtained in Main Examination (Phase-II) will be added to the marks
obtained in GD & Interview (Phase-III)
for preparation of the final merit list.
The candidates will have to qualify both in Phase-II and Phase-III separately .
Marks secured by the candidates in
the Written T est (out of 250 marks) are converted to out of 75 and marks
secured in Group Discussion & Interview
(out of 50 marks) are converted to out of 25. The final merit list is arrived at
after aggregating converted marks of
Written T est and Group Discussion &Interview out of 100 for each category . The
selection will be made from the
top merit ranked candidates in each category .
Results of the candidates who have qualified for GD & Interview and the list of
candidates finally selected will be
made available on the Bank's website. Final select list will be published in
Employment News/ Rozgar Samachar.
5. The examination will be held in the month of June 2015 (T entatively). The
Tentative List of examination
centres is provided under Point No. : 16.
Candidate should choose the name of the Centre where he/she desires to
take the examination. NO CHANGE IN
THE CHOICE OF EXAMINATION CENTRE WILL BE ENTERTAINED UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES. BANK
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD OR DELETE ANY CENTRE OR ALTER
EXAMINATION DATE AT ITS
DISCRETION.
6. EMOLUMENTS :
PAY: The starting basic pay is Rs.16,900/-(with 4 increments) in the scale of Rs.
14500-600/7-18700-700/2-20100-800/7-25700 applicable to Junior Management
Grade Scale I. The official will also be eligible for D.A,
H.R.A & C.C.A as per rules in force from time to time. The compensation
per annum at Mumbai is around
Rs. 8,55,000/-. The break up of monthly compensation is as under:

Cash Component : 36,046/-Bank's contribution to PF : 1,690/-Housing (Lease

Rental) : 29,500/-Perquisites (Conveyance, Newspapers, Entertainment
allowance, House & Furniture Maintenance etc. 4,130/-In addition, the
officers are also entitled to other benefits like
(i) Medical Aid for self (100%) and for family (75%)
(ii) Home Travel Concession/Leave Fare Concession
(iii) Concessional Interest Rates for Housing/Car/Personal Loans
The salary scales are under revision with effect from November 2012.
CAREER PATH
The Probationary Officers will be on probation of two years during which they will be
given intensive training.
T owards the end of their probation / training period, they will be subjected to a
screening process. While those
Officers who achieve the predetermined standards may be confirmed and given
placement in the next higher
grade i.e., Officer Middle Management Grade Scale-II, others who qualify in the
test but fail to achieve the
standards set for placement in Middle Management Grade Scale-II, will be
confirmed as Officer Junior
Management Grade Scale-I. The services of those Officers who fail to qualify in
this process will be terminated.
Bank provides immense opportunities for growth in the Bank including opportunities
for postings abroad. The
attractive promotion policy of the Bank provides an opportunity to the
meritorious and exceptionally brilliant
officers to reach the T op Management Grade in a reasonably quick time.
7. APPLICATION FEE AND INTIMA TION CHARGE: (Non Refundable)
The Bank may add additional centres or may delete some of the centres
indicated for training. Candidates opting
for pre-examination training should download their call letter for training by
entering their registration number and
password/ date of birth from 26.05.2015 onwards from Bank's website. No hard
copy of the call letter will be sent
by post.
9. Number of chances:

Sr. No. Category Total

1. SC/ST/PWD Rs.100/- (Intimation Charges only)
2. General and Others Rs. 600/- (App. Fee including intimation charges)
Fee/Intimation charges once paid will NOT be refunded on any account nor
can it be held in reserve for any other
examination or selection.
8. PRE-EXAMINATION TRAINING :
SBI may arrange pre-examination training at certain centres for
SC/ST/Religious Minority Community candidates
in consonance with the guidelines issued by Government of India. Candidates
belonging to the above categories
who desire to avail themselves of such training at their own cost may indicate
to that effect against relevant
column while applying on-line. An indicative list of training centres is given
below :
Category Number of Chances
General 4
General (PWD) 7
OBC 7
OBC(PWD) 7
SC/SC(PWD)/ ST/ ST(PWD) No Restriction
Candidates who have already appeared for the maximum number of chances
permissible are not eligible to to
apply . The number of chances will be counted from the examination held on
18.04.2010.
10 .HOW TO APPL Y
GUIDELINES FOR FILLING ONLINE APPLICATION:
Candidates will be required to register themselves online through Bank's website
www.statebankofindia.com
or www.sbi.co.in. After registration candidates are required to pay the requisite
application fee through online
mode by using debit card/ credit card/Internet Banking.
Pre-requisites for Applying Online

Candidates should have valid email ID which should be kept active till the
declaration of results. It will help
him/her in getting call letter/interview advices etc. by email.
PA YMENT OF FEES : [ONLINE MODE ONLY] :
i. Candidates should first scan their photograph and signature as detailed under
guidelines for scanning the
photograph and signature.
ii. Candidates to visit Bank's website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in
and open the appropriate
Online Application Format, available in the 'careers with us' link.
iii. Fill the application carefully . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the data. In
the event of candidates not being able to fill the data in one go, they can
save the data already entered. When
the data is saved, a provisional registration number and password will be
generated by the system and
displayed on the screen. Candidates should note down the registration
number and password. They can re-open the saved data using registration
number and password and edit the particulars, if needed. This facility
will be available three times only . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the
data. No change /edit will be allowed thereafter . The registration at this
stage is provisional.
iv . After ensuring the correctness of the particulars of the application form,
candidates are required to pay fees
through the payment gateway integrated with the application, following the
instructions available on the
screen.
v . The payment can be made by using Debit Cards
(RuPay/Visa/MasterCard/Maestro), Credit Cards, Internet
Banking, IMPS, Cash Cards/ Mobile Wallets by providing information as asked on the
screen. Transaction
charges for online payment, if any , will be borne by the candidates.
vi. On successful completion of the transaction, e-receipt and application form
will be generated; which may be

printed for record. The printout of the application form is not to be sent to
the Bank.
vii. If the online transaction is not successfully completed, please register
again and make payment online.
viii. There is also a provision to reprint the e-Receipt and Application form
containing fee details, at later stage.
11. GUIDELINES FOR SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE
Before applying online a candidate will be required to have a scanned (digital)
image of his/her photograph and
signature as per the specifications given in Annexure-I. Online application will
not be registered unless
candidates upload photo and signature as specified.
Note:
a. In case the face in the photograph or signature is unclear, the
candidate's application may be rejected.
b. In case the photograph or signature is unclear, the candidate may edit his
application and re-upload his
photograph or signature.
12. CALL LETTERS FOR EXAMINATION:
The candidates should download their call letter and an acquaint yourself
booklet by entering their registration
number and password / date of birth, from 09.06.2015 from the Bank's
website. NO HARD COPY OF THE CALL
LETTER / ACQUAINT YOURSELF BOOKLET WILL BE SENTBY POST .
13. PROOF OF IDENTITY TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF EXAMINTION:
The candidates must bring one photo identity proof such as passport/Adhar/P AN
Card/Driving Licence/Voter's
Card/Bank Passbook with duly attested Photograph/Identity Card issued by
college or university/Employee
ID/Gazetted Officer in the official letterhead in original as well as a selfattested Photocopy thereof. The
photocopy of Identity proof should be submitted along with call letter to the
invigilators in the
examination hall, failing which or if identity of candidates is in doubt the
candidate will not be permitted

to appear for the test.

14. ACTION AGAINST CANDIDATES FOUND GUILTY OF MISCONDUCT :
(a) Candidates are cautioned that they should not furnish any particulars that are
false, tampered/ fabricated
and they should not suppress any material information while filling up the
application form.
(b) At the time of examination/interview, if a candidate is (or has been)
found guilty of:
(i) using unfair means during the examination or (ii) impersonating or
procuring impersonation by any person
or (iii) misbehaving in the examination hall or (iv) resorting to any irregular or
improper means in connection
with his/her candidature for selection or (v) obtaining support for his/her
candidature by any unfair means,
such a candidate may, in addition to rendering himself/herself liable to criminal
prosecution, will also be
liable:
a) to be disqualified from the examination for which he/she is a candidate
b) to be debarred, either permanently or for a specified period, from any
examination or recruitment
conducted by Bank.
(c) The Bank would be analyzing the responses of a candidate with other
appeared candidates to detect
patterns of similarity . On the basis of such an analysis, if it is found that the
responses have been
shared and scores obtained are not genuine / valid, the Bank reserves the right to
cancel his/her
candidature.
(d) USE OF MOBILE PHONES, PAGERS, CALCULATOR OR ANY SUCH DEVICES:
(i) Mobile phones, pagers or any other communication devices are not allowed
inside the premises where the
examination/interview is being conducted. Any infringement of these instructions
shall entail cancellation of
candidature and disciplinary action including ban from future examinations.

(ii) Candidates are advised in their own interest not to bring any of the banned item
including mobile phones/
pagers to the venue of the examination/interview, as arrangement for
safekeeping cannot be assured.
(iii) Candidates are not permitted to use or have in possession of calculators
in examination premises.
15. GENERAL INFORMA TION:
i) Candidates are advised to take a printout of their system generated online
application form after submitting
the application.
ii) On-line registration of application & fee payment will be available from
13.04.2015 to 02.05.2015
iii) Candidates should satisfy themselves about their eligibility for the post
applied for . The Bank would admit to
the test all the candidates applying for the posts with the requisite fee on
the basis of the information
furnished in the online application and shall determine their eligibility only at
the time of interview .
iv) Candidates are advised in their own interest to apply online much before the
closing date and not to
wait till the last date to avoid the possibility of disconnection / inability /
failure to log on to the
website on account of heavy load on internet or website jam.
v) SBI does not assume any responsibility for the candidates not being able
to submit their
applications within the last date on account of aforesaid reasons or for any
other reason beyond the
control of SBI.
(Contd. on next page...)
Agartala Agra Ahmedabad Aizwal Akola Allahabad
Asansol Aurangabad Bareilly Bhubaneshwar Berhampur (Ganjam) Bhopal
Bangalore Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Dehradun Dibrugarh
Ernakulam Gangtok Gorakhpur Gulbarga Guwahati Hubli
Hyderabad Imphal Indore Itanagar Jabalpur Jaipur

Kanpur Kohima Kolkata Lucknow Madurai Meerut

Mumbai Mysore Nagpur NewDelhi Panaji (Goa) Patna
Port Blair Purnea Pune Raipur Ranchi Sambalpur
Silchar Siliguri Shillong Srinagar Tirupati Vadodara
Varanasi Vishakhapatnam Vijaywada
vi) Not more than one application should be submitted by a candidate. In case of
multiple applications,
only the last valid (completed) application will be retained and the
application fee / intimation
charges paid for the other registrations will stand forfeited. Multiple attendance/
appearance by a
candidate in examination and / or GD and/ or interview will be summarily
rejected/ candidature
cancelled.
vii) The possibility for occurrence of some problems in the administration of the
examination cannot be
ruled out completely , which may impact test delivery and/ or result from being
generated. In that
event, every effort will be made to rectify such problem, which may include the
conduct of another
examination if considered necessary.
viii) Candidates serving in Govt./Quasi Govt. offices, Public Sector undertakings
including Nationalised Banks
and Financial Institutions are advised to submit 'No Objection Certificate' from
their employer at the time of
interview , failing which their candidature may not be considered and travelling
expenses, if any , otherwise
admissible, will not be paid.
ix) In case of selection, candidates will be required to produce proper
discharge certificate from the employer at
the time of taking up the appointment.
x) Caste certificate issued by Competent Authority on format prescribed by
the Government of India will have to
be submitted by the SC/ST candidates, if called for interview .

xi) A declaration will have to be submitted in the prescribed format by candidates

seeking reservation under
OBC category stating that he/she does not belong to the creamy layer as on
02.05.2015. OBC certificate
containing the 'Non-creamy layer' clause, issued during the period 01.04.2015
to the date of interview ,
should be submitted by such candidates, if called for interview .
xii) Candidates are advised to keep their e-mail ID alive for receiving advices,
viz. call letters/ Interview advices
etc.
xiii) Appointment of selected candidates is subject to his /her being declared
medically fit as per the requirement
of the Bank concerned.
xiv) IN CASE IT IS DETECTED AT ANY STAGE OF RECRUITMENT THAT A
CANDIDATE DOES NOT FULFIL
THE ELIGIBILITY NORMS AND / OR THAT HE / SHE HAS FURNISHED ANY
INCORRECT / FALSE
INFORMA TION OR HAS SUPPRESSED ANYMATERIAL FACT(S), HIS /HERCANDIDA
TURE WILL
STAND CANCELLED. IF ANY OF THESE SHORTCOMINGS IS / ARE DETECTED
EVEN AFTER
APPOINTMENT , HIS /HER SERVICES ARE LIABLETOBE TERMINATED.
xv) Any legal proceedings in respect of any matter of claim or dispute arising
out of this advertisement and/or an
application in response thereto can be instituted only in Mumbai and
courts/tribunals/ forums at Mumbai only
shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to try any cause/dispute.
16. EXAMINATION CENTERS (T entative List)
The preliminary examination may be held at the following centres and the
address of the venue will be advised in
the call letters. Bank reserves the right to cancel any of the Examination
Centres and/ or add some other Centre,
at its discretion, depending upon the reponse, administrative feasibility , etc.
Bank also reserves the right to allot

the candidate to any centre other than the one he/she has opted for . The centres
for Main Examination may be
limited.
(...contd. from previous page)
CANVASSING IN ANYFORM WILLBE ADISQUALIFICATION
Mumbai, GENERALMANAGER
Date: 13.04.2015
This advertisement is also available on Bank's Website :
http://www.statebankofindia.com or http://www .sbi.co.in.
The Bank is not responsible for printing errors, if any
PHOTOGRAPH IMAGE:
? Photograph must be a recent passport size colour picture.
? The picture should be in colour, against a light-coloured, preferably white,
background.
? Look straight at the camera with a relaxed face.
? If the picture is taken on a sunny day , have the sun behind you, or place
yourself in the shade, so
that you are not squinting and there are no harsh shadows.
? If you have to use flash, ensure there's no red-eye.
? If you wear glasses make sure that there are no reflections and your eyes
can be clearly seen.
? Caps, hats and dark glasses are not acceptable. Religious headwear is allowed
but it must not
cover your face.
? Dimensions 200 x 230 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 20kb50kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 50KB. If the size of
the file is more
than 50KB, then adjust the settings of the scanner such as the DPI
resolution, no. of colours etc.,
during the process of scanning.
(ii) SIGNATURE IMAGE:
? The applicant has to sign on white paper with Black Ink pen.

? The signature must be signed only by the applicant and not by any other
person.
? If the Applicant's signature on the answer script, at the time of the
examination, does not match
the signature on the Attendance Sheet, the applicant will be disqualified.
? Dimensions 140 x 60 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 10kb 20kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 20KB.
SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE:
? Set the scanner resolution to a minimum of 200 dpi (dots per inch).
? Set Color to True Color.
? File Size as specified above.
? Crop the image in the scanner to the edge of the photograph/signature, then
use the upload
editor to crop the image to the final size (as specified above).
? The image file should be JPG or JPEG format. An example file name is:
image01.jpg or
image01.jpeg Image dimensions can be checked by listing the folder files or
moving the mouse
over the file image icon.
Candidates using MS Windows/MS Office can easily obtain photo and signature in
.jpeg format not
exceeding 50KB & 20KB respectively by using MS Paint or MS Office Picture Manager
. Scanned
photograph and signature in any format can be saved in .jpg format by using
'Save As' option in the
File menu and size can be reduced below 50KB (photograph) & 20KB
(signature) by using crop and
then resize option [Please see point (i) & (ii) above for the pixel size] in the 'Image'
menu. Similar
options are available in other photo editor also.
If the file size and format are not as prescribed, an error message will be
displayed.

While filling in the Online Application Form the candidate will be provided with a link
to upload his
photograph and signature.
Procedure for Uploading the Photograph and Signature
(i) There will be two separate links for uploading Photograph and Signature.
(ii) Click on the respective link Upload Photograph / Signature.
(iii) Browse & Select the location where the Scanned Photo / Signature file
has been saved.
(iv) Select the file by clicking on it.
(v) Click the 'Upload' button.
Annexure - I
1 1 Andaman & Nicobar Port Blair
12 Andhra Pradesh Chirala, Chittoor, Guntur , Kakinada, Kurnool, Nellore,
Ongole, Puttur, Rajahmundhry , Srikakulam, Tirupati,
Vijaywada, Vishakhapatnam, Vizianagaram
13 Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar Naharlagun
14 Assam Dibrugarh, Guwahati, Jorhat, Kokrajhar, Silchar T ezpur
15 Bihar Arrah, Aurangabad, Bihar Sharif, Bhagalpur, Darbhanga, Gaya,
Hajipur, Muzaffarpur , Patna, Purnea, Samastipur , Siwan
16 Chandigarh Chandigarh
17 Chhattisgarh Bhilai, Bilaspur, Raipur
18 Goa Panaji, Verna
19 Gujarat Ahmedabad, Anand, Gandhinagar, Himmatnagar , Jamnagar ,
Mehsana, Rajkot, Surat, Vadodara
20 Haryana Ambala, Bahadurgarh, Hissar, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Panipat,
Palwal, Rohtak, Sonipat, Yamunanagar
21 Himachal Pradesh Baddi, Bilaspur, Dharamshala, Hamirpur , Kangra, Kullu,
Mandi,
Shimla, Sirmaur, Solan, Una
22 Jammu & Kashmir Jammu, Kathua, Samba, Srinagar
23 Jharkhand Bokaro, Dhanbad, Hazaribag, Jamshedpur, Ranchi

24 Karnataka Belgaum, Bengaluru, Bidar, Gulbarga, Hubli, Mangalore,

Mysore, Shimoga, Udipi
25 Kerala Alappuzha, Kannur, Kochi, Kollam, Kottayam, Kozhikode,
Malappuram, Palakkad, Thrichur, Thiruvananthapuram
26 Lakshwadeep Kavarrati
27 Madhya Pradesh Bhopal, Gwalior, Indore, Jabalpur , Satna, Sagar , Ujjain
28 Maharashtra Amaravati, Aurangabad, Chandrapur, Dhule Jalgaon, Kolhapur ,
Latur, Mumbai/ Thane/Navi Mumbai, Nagpur, Nanded, Nasik,
Pune, Ratnagiri, Sangli, Satara
29 Manipur Imphal
30 Meghalaya Ri-Bhoi, Shillong
31 Mizoram Aizawal
32 Nagaland Kohima
33 Delhi -NCR Delhi, Faridabad, Ghaziabad, Greater Noida, Gurgaon
34 Odisha Angul, Balasore, Bargarh, Baripada, Berhampur (Ganjam),
Bhubaneshwar, Cuttack, Dhenkanal, Jharsuguda, Rourkela,
Sambalpur
35 Puducherry Puducherry
36 Punjab Amritsar, Bhatinda, Fatehgarh Sahib, Jalandhar , Ludhiana,
Mohali, Pathankot, Patiala, Phagwara, Sangrur
37 Rajasthan Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara, Bikaner , Jaipur , Jodhpur , Kota,
Sikar, Udaipur
38 Sikkim Gangtok
39 T amilnadu Chennai, Coimbatore, Dindigul, Krishnagiri, Madurai, Nagercoil,
Namakkal, Perambalur, Salem, Thanjavur, Thiruchirapalli,
Tirunelvelli, Thoothukodi, Vellore
40 T elangana Hyderabad, Karimnagar, Khammam, W arangal
41 Tripura Agartala
42 Uttar Pradesh Agra, Aligarh, Allahabad, Bareilly, Bulandshaher , Gorakhpur ,
Jhansi, Kanpur, Lucknow , Mathura, Meerut, Moradabad,

Muzaffarnagar , Unnao, V aranasi

43 Uttarakhand Dehradun, Haldwani, Haridwar, Roorkee
44 West Bengal Asansol, Berhampur (West Bengal), Bardhaman, Dumkal,
Durgapur, Hooghly , Howrah, Kalyani, Kolkata, Siliguri
State CodeState/UT Centre State CodeState/UT Centre
EXAMINATION CENTERS (Tentative List) technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.

6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped

tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage, Products and news for the dental
profession
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impression technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:

Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage,
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except

SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique

that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.

There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab
technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at
the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not

actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless

Exceptional dimensional stability

Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this

vinyl polysiloxane material.

It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab
technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at
the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.

All data Horizontal Sagittal Right Left AM-PM AM PM

Mean 0.728 0.718 0.729 0.712 0.744 0.932 0.577 0.675
Standard deviation 0.537 0.506 0.566 0.539 0.537 0.635 0.432 0.465
Standard error 0.035 0.046 0.052 0.049 0.049 0.071 0.048 0.052
Variance 0.289 0.256 0.321 0.291 0.288 0.403 0.187 0.216
Coefficient of variation 73.824 70.502 77.669 75.74 72.156 68.094 74.838
68.948
Count 240 120 120 120 120 80 80 80
Minimum 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Maximum 2.63 2.19 2.63 2.19 2.63 2.63 1.63 1.98
Range 2.63 2.19 2.63 2.19 2.63 2.63
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis. Products and news for the dental professionAll
too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance

each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1

The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The

coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid

support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions

The H&H cordless impressionRECRUITMENT OF PROBA TIONARY OFFICERS IN ST A

TE BANK OF INDIA
ADVERTISEMENT NO. CRPD/PO/2015-16/02
CENTRALRECRUITMENT & PROMOTION DEP ARTMENT ,
CORPORA TE CENTRE, MUMBAI
(Phone : 022-2282 0427; Fax : 022-2282 041 1; E-mail : crpd@sbi.co.in)
ONLINE REGISTRA TION OF APPLICA TION: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
P A YMENT OF FEES - ONLINE: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
Preliminary Examination will be conducted tentatively in June 2015. Candidates
are advised to regularly check Bank's
website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in for details and updates. The
examination will be as detailed under
point No. 4 - Selection procedure.
Applications are invited from eligible Indian Citizens for appointment as
Probationary Officers (POs) in State Bank of India. Candidates selected
are liable to be posted anywhere in India.
SC ST OBC GEN Total OH VH Total
308 339 541 812 2000 38 24 62
Vacancies Vacancies (PWD)
SC ST OBC Total OH VH
67 219 107 393 14
Vacancies :
Backlog vacancies detailed as under have been included in the above mentioned
total vacancies.
*V acancies reserved for OBC category are available to OBC Candidates belonging
to 'Non-creamy layer'. 'Creamy layer' OBC candidates should indicate their
category as 'General'.
Vacancies for OH & VH category candidates are reserved horizontally .
Vacancies including reserved
vacancies are provisional and may vary according to the requirements of
Bank.
1. ELIGIBLITY CRITERIA :
(A) Essential Academic Qualifications: (AS ON 01.09.2015)

Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or any equivalent

qualification recognised
as such by the Central Government. Those who are in the Final year/Semester of
their Graduation
may also apply provisionally subject to the condition that, if called for
interview , they will have to
produce proof of having passed the graduation examination on or before
01.09.2015. Candidates
having integrated dual degree (IDD) certificate should ensure that the date
of passing the IDD is on or
before 01.09.2015.
Note : The date of passing eligibility examination will be the date appearing on the
marksheet or
provisional certificate issued by the University / Institute. In case the result
of a particular examination
is posted on the website of the University / Institute, a certificate issued by
the appropriate authority of
the University / Institute indicating the date on which the result was posted
on the website will be taken
as the date of passing. Irrespective of the date of examination, in case the
proof of having
passed the examination as on 01.09.2015 is not produced as detailed above
the candidate will
not be eligible.
(B) Age Limit : (As on 01.04.2015)
Not below 21 years and not above 30 years as on 01.04.2015 i.e candidates
must have been born not
earlier than 02.04.1985 and not later than 01.04.1994 (both days inclusive)
Relaxation of Upper age limit :
Sr. No. Category Age Relaxation
1. Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe 5 years
2. Other Backward Classes (Non-Creamy Layer) 3 years
3. Persons With Disabilities (PWD PWD (SC/ST)-15 Y ears
PWD (OBC)- 13 Y ears

PWD (Gen)- 10 Y ears

4. Ex Servicemen, Commissioned officers including Emergency 5 years
Commissioned Officers (ECOs)/Short Service Commissioned
Officers (SSCOs) who have rendered 5 years military service
and have been released on completion of assignment (including
those whose assignment is due to be completed within one year
from the last date of receipt of application) otherwise than by
way of dismissal or discharge on account of misconduct or
inefficiency or physical disability attributable to military service
or invalidment.
5. Persons Ordinarily domiciled of the state of Jammu & Kashmir 5 years
during the period 01.01.1980 to 31.12.1989
NOTE : CUMULATIVE AGE RELAXATION WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE EITHER UNDER
THE ABOVE ITEMS
OR IN COMBINATION WITH ANY OTHER ITEMS.
2. RESERVATION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITY (PWD) :
Vacancies are reserved for Orthopaedically Handicapped (OH) and Visually
Handicapped (VH) as per Persons
with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights & Full Participation) Act,
1995. Following categories
of Persons with Disabilities are eligible to get the benefit of reservationCategories of Persons with Disabilities
OA OL OAL BL B L V
OA -One Arm, OL-One Leg, OAL-One Arm and One Leg, BL-Both Leg, BBlind, L V-Low Vision
(a) Persons with OA and OAL category should have normal bilateral hand
functions.
(b) Blindness refers to a condition where a person suffers from any of the
following Conditions, namely:-(i) T otal absence of sight; or
(ii) Visual acuity not exceeding 6/60 or 20/200 (snellen) in the better eye
with Correcting lenses; or
(iii) Limitation of the field of vision subtending an angle of 20 degree or
worse;

(c) Person with Low Vision means a person with impairment of visual
functioning even after treatment or
standard refractive correction but who uses or is potentially capable of using
vision for the planning or
execution of a task with appropriate assistive device.
(d) Only such persons would be eligible for reservations who suffer from not less
than 40 per cent of relevant
disabilities. A person who wants to avail of benefit of reservation would have
to submit a Disability Certificate
as per format prescribed by Ministry of Social
Notification No. G.S.R. 2 (E)

Justice and Empowerment'

dated 30.12.2009.
Use of Scribe & Compensatory Time:
(i) The facility of Scribe / Reader would be allowed to any person who has
disability of 40 % or more (only those
candidates with disabilities who have physical limitation to write including that of
speed) if so desired by the
person. The compensatory time (20 minutes for every hour) would be
applicable to such candidates.
(ii) Candidates with low vision will be allowed compensatory time while writing the
examination regardlessof
whether they opt for amanuenses/scribe or self writing or with the help of
assistive devices like magnifier.
(iii) The scribe will be allowed to be used as per the guidelines issued vide Office
Memorandum F . No. 16-1 10/
2003-DD.III dated February 26, 2013 of Government of India, Ministry of
Social Justice and Empowerment,
Department of Disability Affairs, New Delhi and clarification issued by
Government of India, Ministry of
Finance, Deptt. Of Financial Services vide letter F . No.3/2/2013 - Welfare
dated 26.04.2013.
(iv) Any candidate who is not eligible to use scribe as per the guidelines
referred to above and uses scribe in the
written examination shall be disqualified to participate further in the
recruitment process. Any candidate who

is using scribe should ensure that he is eligible to use scribe in the

examination as per the above guidelines.
Any candidate using scribe in violation of the above guidelines shall stand
disqualified and can be removed
from service without notice, if has already joined the Bank.
3. CATEGORY
Instructions for writing Category Name and Category Code no. while applying
online.
Candidates belonging to OBC category but coming in the 'CREAMY LA YER', are not
entitled to
OBC reservation and age relaxation. They should indicate their category as
'GEN' or 'GEN (OH)' or
'GEN (VH)' (as applicable).
Various category names and their code numbers are given below.
PLEASE NOTE THAT CHANGE OF CATEGORY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AT ANY
STAGE AFTER
REGISTRATION OF ONLINE APPLICATION.
4. SELECTION PROCEDURE :
Phase-I : Preliminary Examination: Preliminary Examination consisting of
Objective T ests for 100 marks will be
conducted online. This test would be of 1 hour duration consisting of 3
Sections as follows:
Candidates have to qualify in each of the three tests by securing passing marks
to be decided by the Bank.
Adequate number of candidates in each category as decided by the Bank
(approximately 20 times the numbers
of vacancies subject to availability) will be short listed for the Main
Examination.
Phase II:Main Examination: Main Examination will consist of Objective T ests for
200 marks and Descriptive
T est for 50 marks. Both the Objective and Descriptive T ests will be online.
Candidates will have to answer
Descriptive test by typing on the computer. Immediately after completion of
Objective T est, Descriptive T est will
be administered.

(i) Objective Test: The Objective T est of 2 hour duration consists of 4 Sections with
50 marks each (T otal 200
marks) as follows:
a) T est of English Language (Grammar , Vocabulary , Comprehension etc.)
b) T est of General Awareness, Marketing &Computers
c) T est of Data Analysis & Interpretation
d) T est of Reasoning (High Level)
The candidates are required to qualify in each of the T ests by securing
passing marks, to be decided by the Bank.
(ii) Descriptive Test: The Descriptive T est of 1 hour duration with 50 marks will be a
T est of English Language
(Letter Writing & Essay).
Category Code Category Code Category Code Category Code
SC 01 ST 04 OBC 07 GEN 10
SC(OH) 02 ST(OH) 05 OBC(OH) 08 GEN(OH) 1 1
SC(VH) 03 ST(VH) 06 OBC(VH) 09 GEN(VH) 12
SL. Name of test No. of Questions Marks Duration
1. English Language 30 30 Composite Time of
2. Quantitative Aptitude 35 35 1 hour
3. Reasoning Ability 35 35
T otal 100 100
(Contd. on next page...)
(...contd. from previous page)
The candidates are required to qualify in the Descriptive T est by securing passing
marks, to be decided by the
Bank.
Descriptive Test paper of only those candidates will be evaluated who have
scored qualifying marks
in the Objective Tests and are placed adequately high as per total marks in
objective test.
Phase III: Group Discussion (20 marks) & Interview (30 marks)

The aggregate marks of candidates qualifying in both the Objective T ests

and Descriptive T est will be arranged in
descending order in each category . Adequate number of candidates in each
category , as decided by the Bank will
be called for Group Discussion and Interview . The qualifying marks in Group
Discussion &Interview will be as
decided by the Bank.
Candidates qualifying for GD & Interview under 'OBC' category would be required to
submit OBC
certificate containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause. Candidates not submitting
the OBC certificate
containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause and requesting to be interviewed under
General category
will not be entertained.
Final Selection
The marks obtained in the Preliminary Examination (Phase-I) will not be added for
the selection and only the
marks obtained in Main Examination (Phase-II) will be added to the marks
obtained in GD & Interview (Phase-III)
for preparation of the final merit list.
The candidates will have to qualify both in Phase-II and Phase-III separately .
Marks secured by the candidates in
the Written T est (out of 250 marks) are converted to out of 75 and marks
secured in Group Discussion & Interview
(out of 50 marks) are converted to out of 25. The final merit list is arrived at
after aggregating converted marks of
Written T est and Group Discussion &Interview out of 100 for each category . The
selection will be made from the
top merit ranked candidates in each category .
Results of the candidates who have qualified for GD & Interview and the list of
candidates finally selected will be
made available on the Bank's website. Final select list will be published in
Employment News/ Rozgar Samachar.
5. The examination will be held in the month of June 2015 (T entatively). The
Tentative List of examination

centres is provided under Point No. : 16.

Candidate should choose the name of the Centre where he/she desires to
take the examination. NO CHANGE IN
THE CHOICE OF EXAMINATION CENTRE WILL BE ENTERTAINED UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES. BANK
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD OR DELETE ANY CENTRE OR ALTER
EXAMINATION DATE AT ITS
DISCRETION.
6. EMOLUMENTS :
PAY: The starting basic pay is Rs.16,900/-(with 4 increments) in the scale of Rs.
14500-600/7-18700-700/2-20100-800/7-25700 applicable to Junior Management
Grade Scale I. The official will also be eligible for D.A,
H.R.A & C.C.A as per rules in force from time to time. The compensation
per annum at Mumbai is around
Rs. 8,55,000/-. The break up of monthly compensation is as under:
Cash Component : 36,046/-Bank's contribution to PF : 1,690/-Housing (Lease
Rental) : 29,500/-Perquisites (Conveyance, Newspapers, Entertainment
allowance, House & Furniture Maintenance etc. 4,130/-In addition, the
officers are also entitled to other benefits like
(i) Medical Aid for self (100%) and for family (75%)
(ii) Home Travel Concession/Leave Fare Concession
(iii) Concessional Interest Rates for Housing/Car/Personal Loans
The salary scales are under revision with effect from November 2012.
CAREER PATH
The Probationary Officers will be on probation of two years during which they will be
given intensive training.
T owards the end of their probation / training period, they will be subjected to a
screening process. While those
Officers who achieve the predetermined standards may be confirmed and given
placement in the next higher
grade i.e., Officer Middle Management Grade Scale-II, others who qualify in the
test but fail to achieve the
standards set for placement in Middle Management Grade Scale-II, will be
confirmed as Officer Junior

Management Grade Scale-I. The services of those Officers who fail to qualify in
this process will be terminated.
Bank provides immense opportunities for growth in the Bank including opportunities
for postings abroad. The
attractive promotion policy of the Bank provides an opportunity to the
meritorious and exceptionally brilliant
officers to reach the T op Management Grade in a reasonably quick time.
7. APPLICATION FEE AND INTIMA TION CHARGE: (Non Refundable)
The Bank may add additional centres or may delete some of the centres
indicated for training. Candidates opting
for pre-examination training should download their call letter for training by
entering their registration number and
password/ date of birth from 26.05.2015 onwards from Bank's website. No hard
copy of the call letter will be sent
by post.
9. Number of chances:
Sr. No. Category Total
1. SC/ST/PWD Rs.100/- (Intimation Charges only)
2. General and Others Rs. 600/- (App. Fee including intimation charges)
Fee/Intimation charges once paid will NOT be refunded on any account nor
can it be held in reserve for any other
examination or selection.
8. PRE-EXAMINATION TRAINING :
SBI may arrange pre-examination training at certain centres for
SC/ST/Religious Minority Community candidates
in consonance with the guidelines issued by Government of India. Candidates
belonging to the above categories
who desire to avail themselves of such training at their own cost may indicate
to that effect against relevant
column while applying on-line. An indicative list of training centres is given
below :
Category Number of Chances
General 4
General (PWD) 7

OBC 7
OBC(PWD) 7
SC/SC(PWD)/ ST/ ST(PWD) No Restriction
Candidates who have already appeared for the maximum number of chances
permissible are not eligible to to
apply . The number of chances will be counted from the examination held on
18.04.2010.
10 .HOW TO APPL Y
GUIDELINES FOR FILLING ONLINE APPLICATION:
Candidates will be required to register themselves online through Bank's website
www.statebankofindia.com
or www.sbi.co.in. After registration candidates are required to pay the requisite
application fee through online
mode by using debit card/ credit card/Internet Banking.
Pre-requisites for Applying Online
Candidates should have valid email ID which should be kept active till the
declaration of results. It will help
him/her in getting call letter/interview advices etc. by email.
PA YMENT OF FEES : [ONLINE MODE ONLY] :
i. Candidates should first scan their photograph and signature as detailed under
guidelines for scanning the
photograph and signature.
ii. Candidates to visit Bank's website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in
and open the appropriate
Online Application Format, available in the 'careers with us' link.
iii. Fill the application carefully . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the data. In
the event of candidates not being able to fill the data in one go, they can
save the data already entered. When
the data is saved, a provisional registration number and password will be
generated by the system and
displayed on the screen. Candidates should note down the registration
number and password. They can re-open the saved data using registration
number and password and edit the particulars, if needed. This facility

will be available three times only . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the
data. No change /edit will be allowed thereafter . The registration at this
stage is provisional.
iv . After ensuring the correctness of the particulars of the application form,
candidates are required to pay fees
through the payment gateway integrated with the application, following the
instructions available on the
screen.
v . The payment can be made by using Debit Cards
(RuPay/Visa/MasterCard/Maestro), Credit Cards, Internet
Banking, IMPS, Cash Cards/ Mobile Wallets by providing information as asked on the
screen. Transaction
charges for online payment, if any , will be borne by the candidates.
vi. On successful completion of the transaction, e-receipt and application form
will be generated; which may be
printed for record. The printout of the application form is not to be sent to
the Bank.
vii. If the online transaction is not successfully completed, please register
again and make payment online.
viii. There is also a provision to reprint the e-Receipt and Application form
containing fee details, at later stage.
11. GUIDELINES FOR SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE
Before applying online a candidate will be required to have a scanned (digital)
image of his/her photograph and
signature as per the specifications given in Annexure-I. Online application will
not be registered unless
candidates upload photo and signature as specified.
Note:
a. In case the face in the photograph or signature is unclear, the
candidate's application may be rejected.
b. In case the photograph or signature is unclear, the candidate may edit his
application and re-upload his
photograph or signature.
12. CALL LETTERS FOR EXAMINATION:

The candidates should download their call letter and an acquaint yourself
booklet by entering their registration
number and password / date of birth, from 09.06.2015 from the Bank's
website. NO HARD COPY OF THE CALL
LETTER / ACQUAINT YOURSELF BOOKLET WILL BE SENTBY POST .
13. PROOF OF IDENTITY TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF EXAMINTION:
The candidates must bring one photo identity proof such as passport/Adhar/P AN
Card/Driving Licence/Voter's
Card/Bank Passbook with duly attested Photograph/Identity Card issued by
college or university/Employee
ID/Gazetted Officer in the official letterhead in original as well as a selfattested Photocopy thereof. The
photocopy of Identity proof should be submitted along with call letter to the
invigilators in the
examination hall, failing which or if identity of candidates is in doubt the
candidate will not be permitted
to appear for the test.
14. ACTION AGAINST CANDIDATES FOUND GUILTY OF MISCONDUCT :
(a) Candidates are cautioned that they should not furnish any particulars that are
false, tampered/ fabricated
and they should not suppress any material information while filling up the
application form.
(b) At the time of examination/interview, if a candidate is (or has been)
found guilty of:
(i) using unfair means during the examination or (ii) impersonating or
procuring impersonation by any person
or (iii) misbehaving in the examination hall or (iv) resorting to any irregular or
improper means in connection
with his/her candidature for selection or (v) obtaining support for his/her
candidature by any unfair means,
such a candidate may, in addition to rendering himself/herself liable to criminal
prosecution, will also be
liable:
a) to be disqualified from the examination for which he/she is a candidate

b) to be debarred, either permanently or for a specified period, from any

examination or recruitment
conducted by Bank.
(c) The Bank would be analyzing the responses of a candidate with other
appeared candidates to detect
patterns of similarity . On the basis of such an analysis, if it is found that the
responses have been
shared and scores obtained are not genuine / valid, the Bank reserves the right to
cancel his/her
candidature.
(d) USE OF MOBILE PHONES, PAGERS, CALCULATOR OR ANY SUCH DEVICES:
(i) Mobile phones, pagers or any other communication devices are not allowed
inside the premises where the
examination/interview is being conducted. Any infringement of these instructions
shall entail cancellation of
candidature and disciplinary action including ban from future examinations.
(ii) Candidates are advised in their own interest not to bring any of the banned item
including mobile phones/
pagers to the venue of the examination/interview, as arrangement for
safekeeping cannot be assured.
(iii) Candidates are not permitted to use or have in possession of calculators
in examination premises.
15. GENERAL INFORMA TION:
i) Candidates are advised to take a printout of their system generated online
application form after submitting
the application.
ii) On-line registration of application & fee payment will be available from
13.04.2015 to 02.05.2015
iii) Candidates should satisfy themselves about their eligibility for the post
applied for . The Bank would admit to
the test all the candidates applying for the posts with the requisite fee on
the basis of the information
furnished in the online application and shall determine their eligibility only at
the time of interview .

iv) Candidates are advised in their own interest to apply online much before the
closing date and not to
wait till the last date to avoid the possibility of disconnection / inability /
failure to log on to the
website on account of heavy load on internet or website jam.
v) SBI does not assume any responsibility for the candidates not being able
to submit their
applications within the last date on account of aforesaid reasons or for any
other reason beyond the
control of SBI.
(Contd. on next page...)
Agartala Agra Ahmedabad Aizwal Akola Allahabad
Asansol Aurangabad Bareilly Bhubaneshwar Berhampur (Ganjam) Bhopal
Bangalore Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Dehradun Dibrugarh
Ernakulam Gangtok Gorakhpur Gulbarga Guwahati Hubli
Hyderabad Imphal Indore Itanagar Jabalpur Jaipur
Kanpur Kohima Kolkata Lucknow Madurai Meerut
Mumbai Mysore Nagpur NewDelhi Panaji (Goa) Patna
Port Blair Purnea Pune Raipur Ranchi Sambalpur
Silchar Siliguri Shillong Srinagar Tirupati Vadodara
Varanasi Vishakhapatnam Vijaywada
vi) Not more than one application should be submitted by a candidate. In case of
multiple applications,
only the last valid (completed) application will be retained and the
application fee / intimation
charges paid for the other registrations will stand forfeited. Multiple attendance/
appearance by a
candidate in examination and / or GD and/ or interview will be summarily
rejected/ candidature
cancelled.
vii) The possibility for occurrence of some problems in the administration of the
examination cannot be
ruled out completely , which may impact test delivery and/ or result from being
generated. In that

event, every effort will be made to rectify such problem, which may include the
conduct of another
examination if considered necessary.
viii) Candidates serving in Govt./Quasi Govt. offices, Public Sector undertakings
including Nationalised Banks
and Financial Institutions are advised to submit 'No Objection Certificate' from
their employer at the time of
interview , failing which their candidature may not be considered and travelling
expenses, if any , otherwise
admissible, will not be paid.
ix) In case of selection, candidates will be required to produce proper
discharge certificate from the employer at
the time of taking up the appointment.
x) Caste certificate issued by Competent Authority on format prescribed by
the Government of India will have to
be submitted by the SC/ST candidates, if called for interview .
xi) A declaration will have to be submitted in the prescribed format by candidates
seeking reservation under
OBC category stating that he/she does not belong to the creamy layer as on
02.05.2015. OBC certificate
containing the 'Non-creamy layer' clause, issued during the period 01.04.2015
to the date of interview ,
should be submitted by such candidates, if called for interview .
xii) Candidates are advised to keep their e-mail ID alive for receiving advices,
viz. call letters/ Interview advices
etc.
xiii) Appointment of selected candidates is subject to his /her being declared
medically fit as per the requirement
of the Bank concerned.
xiv) IN CASE IT IS DETECTED AT ANY STAGE OF RECRUITMENT THAT A
CANDIDATE DOES NOT FULFIL
THE ELIGIBILITY NORMS AND / OR THAT HE / SHE HAS FURNISHED ANY
INCORRECT / FALSE
INFORMA TION OR HAS SUPPRESSED ANYMATERIAL FACT(S), HIS /HERCANDIDA
TURE WILL

STAND CANCELLED. IF ANY OF THESE SHORTCOMINGS IS / ARE DETECTED

EVEN AFTER
APPOINTMENT , HIS /HER SERVICES ARE LIABLETOBE TERMINATED.
xv) Any legal proceedings in respect of any matter of claim or dispute arising
out of this advertisement and/or an
application in response thereto can be instituted only in Mumbai and
courts/tribunals/ forums at Mumbai only
shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to try any cause/dispute.
16. EXAMINATION CENTERS (T entative List)
The preliminary examination may be held at the following centres and the
address of the venue will be advised in
the call letters. Bank reserves the right to cancel any of the Examination
Centres and/ or add some other Centre,
at its discretion, depending upon the reponse, administrative feasibility , etc.
Bank also reserves the right to allot
the candidate to any centre other than the one he/she has opted for . The centres
for Main Examination may be
limited.
(...contd. from previous page)
CANVASSING IN ANYFORM WILLBE ADISQUALIFICATION
Mumbai, GENERALMANAGER
Date: 13.04.2015
This advertisement is also available on Bank's Website :
http://www.statebankofindia.com or http://www .sbi.co.in.
The Bank is not responsible for printing errors, if any
PHOTOGRAPH IMAGE:
? Photograph must be a recent passport size colour picture.
? The picture should be in colour, against a light-coloured, preferably white,
background.
? Look straight at the camera with a relaxed face.
? If the picture is taken on a sunny day , have the sun behind you, or place
yourself in the shade, so
that you are not squinting and there are no harsh shadows.
? If you have to use flash, ensure there's no red-eye.

? If you wear glasses make sure that there are no reflections and your eyes
can be clearly seen.
? Caps, hats and dark glasses are not acceptable. Religious headwear is allowed
but it must not
cover your face.
? Dimensions 200 x 230 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 20kb50kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 50KB. If the size of
the file is more
than 50KB, then adjust the settings of the scanner such as the DPI
resolution, no. of colours etc.,
during the process of scanning.
(ii) SIGNATURE IMAGE:
? The applicant has to sign on white paper with Black Ink pen.
? The signature must be signed only by the applicant and not by any other
person.
? If the Applicant's signature on the answer script, at the time of the
examination, does not match
the signature on the Attendance Sheet, the applicant will be disqualified.
? Dimensions 140 x 60 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 10kb 20kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 20KB.
SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE:
? Set the scanner resolution to a minimum of 200 dpi (dots per inch).
? Set Color to True Color.
? File Size as specified above.
? Crop the image in the scanner to the edge of the photograph/signature, then
use the upload
editor to crop the image to the final size (as specified above).
? The image file should be JPG or JPEG format. An example file name is:
image01.jpg or
image01.jpeg Image dimensions can be checked by listing the folder files or
moving the mouse

over the file image icon.

Candidates using MS Windows/MS Office can easily obtain photo and signature in
.jpeg format not
exceeding 50KB & 20KB respectively by using MS Paint or MS Office Picture Manager
. Scanned
photograph and signature in any format can be saved in .jpg format by using
'Save As' option in the
File menu and size can be reduced below 50KB (photograph) & 20KB
(signature) by using crop and
then resize option [Please see point (i) & (ii) above for the pixel size] in the 'Image'
menu. Similar
options are available in other photo editor also.
If the file size and format are not as prescribed, an error message will be
displayed.
While filling in the Online Application Form the candidate will be provided with a link
to upload his
photograph and signature.
Procedure for Uploading the Photograph and Signature
(i) There will be two separate links for uploading Photograph and Signature.
(ii) Click on the respective link Upload Photograph / Signature.
(iii) Browse & Select the location where the Scanned Photo / Signature file
has been saved.
(iv) Select the file by clicking on it.
(v) Click the 'Upload' button.
Annexure - I
1 1 Andaman & Nicobar Port Blair
12 Andhra Pradesh Chirala, Chittoor, Guntur , Kakinada, Kurnool, Nellore,
Ongole, Puttur, Rajahmundhry , Srikakulam, Tirupati,
Vijaywada, Vishakhapatnam, Vizianagaram
13 Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar Naharlagun
14 Assam Dibrugarh, Guwahati, Jorhat, Kokrajhar, Silchar T ezpur
15 Bihar Arrah, Aurangabad, Bihar Sharif, Bhagalpur, Darbhanga, Gaya,
Hajipur, Muzaffarpur , Patna, Purnea, Samastipur , Siwan

16 Chandigarh Chandigarh
17 Chhattisgarh Bhilai, Bilaspur, Raipur
18 Goa Panaji, Verna
19 Gujarat Ahmedabad, Anand, Gandhinagar, Himmatnagar , Jamnagar ,
Mehsana, Rajkot, Surat, Vadodara
20 Haryana Ambala, Bahadurgarh, Hissar, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Panipat,
Palwal, Rohtak, Sonipat, Yamunanagar
21 Himachal Pradesh Baddi, Bilaspur, Dharamshala, Hamirpur , Kangra, Kullu,
Mandi,
Shimla, Sirmaur, Solan, Una
22 Jammu & Kashmir Jammu, Kathua, Samba, Srinagar
23 Jharkhand Bokaro, Dhanbad, Hazaribag, Jamshedpur, Ranchi
24 Karnataka Belgaum, Bengaluru, Bidar, Gulbarga, Hubli, Mangalore,
Mysore, Shimoga, Udipi
25 Kerala Alappuzha, Kannur, Kochi, Kollam, Kottayam, Kozhikode,
Malappuram, Palakkad, Thrichur, Thiruvananthapuram
26 Lakshwadeep Kavarrati
27 Madhya Pradesh Bhopal, Gwalior, Indore, Jabalpur , Satna, Sagar , Ujjain
28 Maharashtra Amaravati, Aurangabad, Chandrapur, Dhule Jalgaon, Kolhapur ,
Latur, Mumbai/ Thane/Navi Mumbai, Nagpur, Nanded, Nasik,
Pune, Ratnagiri, Sangli, Satara
29 Manipur Imphal
30 Meghalaya Ri-Bhoi, Shillong
31 Mizoram Aizawal
32 Nagaland Kohima
33 Delhi -NCR Delhi, Faridabad, Ghaziabad, Greater Noida, Gurgaon
34 Odisha Angul, Balasore, Bargarh, Baripada, Berhampur (Ganjam),
Bhubaneshwar, Cuttack, Dhenkanal, Jharsuguda, Rourkela,
Sambalpur
35 Puducherry Puducherry

36 Punjab Amritsar, Bhatinda, Fatehgarh Sahib, Jalandhar , Ludhiana,

Mohali, Pathankot, Patiala, Phagwara, Sangrur
37 Rajasthan Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara, Bikaner , Jaipur , Jodhpur , Kota,
Sikar, Udaipur
38 Sikkim Gangtok
39 T amilnadu Chennai, Coimbatore, Dindigul, Krishnagiri, Madurai, Nagercoil,
Namakkal, Perambalur, Salem, Thanjavur, Thiruchirapalli,
Tirunelvelli, Thoothukodi, Vellore
40 T elangana Hyderabad, Karimnagar, Khammam, W arangal
41 Tripura Agartala
42 Uttar Pradesh Agra, Aligarh, Allahabad, Bareilly, Bulandshaher , Gorakhpur ,
Jhansi, Kanpur, Lucknow , Mathura, Meerut, Moradabad,
Muzaffarnagar , Unnao, V aranasi
43 Uttarakhand Dehradun, Haldwani, Haridwar, Roorkee
44 West Bengal Asansol, Berhampur (West Bengal), Bardhaman, Dumkal,
Durgapur, Hooghly , Howrah, Kalyani, Kolkata, Siliguri
State CodeState/UT Centre State CodeState/UT Centre
EXAMINATION CENTERS (Tentative List) technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one

minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is

no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage, Products and news for the dental
profession
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impression technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded

with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage,
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,

gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only

on the area of the prepped tooth within

the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab

technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at

the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic

agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth

to inject the wash material.

Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab
technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at
the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.

Wait until seating the first crown before

attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
Products and news for the dental professionAll too often, modalities of therapy are
perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance

each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1

The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The

coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid

support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions

The H&H cordless impressionRECRUITMENT OF PROBA TIONARY OFFICERS IN ST A

TE BANK OF INDIA
ADVERTISEMENT NO. CRPD/PO/2015-16/02
CENTRALRECRUITMENT & PROMOTION DEP ARTMENT ,
CORPORA TE CENTRE, MUMBAI
(Phone : 022-2282 0427; Fax : 022-2282 041 1; E-mail : crpd@sbi.co.in)
ONLINE REGISTRA TION OF APPLICA TION: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
P A YMENT OF FEES - ONLINE: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
Preliminary Examination will be conducted tentatively in June 2015. Candidates
are advised to regularly check Bank's
website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in for details and updates. The
examination will be as detailed under
point No. 4 - Selection procedure.
Applications are invited from eligible Indian Citizens for appointment as
Probationary Officers (POs) in State Bank of India. Candidates selected
are liable to be posted anywhere in India.
SC ST OBC GEN Total OH VH Total
308 339 541 812 2000 38 24 62
Vacancies Vacancies (PWD)
SC ST OBC Total OH VH
67 219 107 393 14
Vacancies :
Backlog vacancies detailed as under have been included in the above mentioned
total vacancies.
*V acancies reserved for OBC category are available to OBC Candidates belonging
to 'Non-creamy layer'. 'Creamy layer' OBC candidates should indicate their
category as 'General'.
Vacancies for OH & VH category candidates are reserved horizontally .
Vacancies including reserved
vacancies are provisional and may vary according to the requirements of
Bank.
1. ELIGIBLITY CRITERIA :
(A) Essential Academic Qualifications: (AS ON 01.09.2015)

Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or any equivalent

qualification recognised
as such by the Central Government. Those who are in the Final year/Semester of
their Graduation
may also apply provisionally subject to the condition that, if called for
interview , they will have to
produce proof of having passed the graduation examination on or before
01.09.2015. Candidates
having integrated dual degree (IDD) certificate should ensure that the date
of passing the IDD is on or
before 01.09.2015.
Note : The date of passing eligibility examination will be the date appearing on the
marksheet or
provisional certificate issued by the University / Institute. In case the result
of a particular examination
is posted on the website of the University / Institute, a certificate issued by
the appropriate authority of
the University / Institute indicating the date on which the result was posted
on the website will be taken
as the date of passing. Irrespective of the date of examination, in case the
proof of having
passed the examination as on 01.09.2015 is not produced as detailed above
the candidate will
not be eligible.
(B) Age Limit : (As on 01.04.2015)
Not below 21 years and not above 30 years as on 01.04.2015 i.e candidates
must have been born not
earlier than 02.04.1985 and not later than 01.04.1994 (both days inclusive)
Relaxation of Upper age limit :
Sr. No. Category Age Relaxation
1. Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe 5 years
2. Other Backward Classes (Non-Creamy Layer) 3 years
3. Persons With Disabilities (PWD PWD (SC/ST)-15 Y ears
PWD (OBC)- 13 Y ears

PWD (Gen)- 10 Y ears

4. Ex Servicemen, Commissioned officers including Emergency 5 years
Commissioned Officers (ECOs)/Short Service Commissioned
Officers (SSCOs) who have rendered 5 years military service
and have been released on completion of assignment (including
those whose assignment is due to be completed within one year
from the last date of receipt of application) otherwise than by
way of dismissal or discharge on account of misconduct or
inefficiency or physical disability attributable to military service
or invalidment.
5. Persons Ordinarily domiciled of the state of Jammu & Kashmir 5 years
during the period 01.01.1980 to 31.12.1989
NOTE : CUMULATIVE AGE RELAXATION WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE EITHER UNDER
THE ABOVE ITEMS
OR IN COMBINATION WITH ANY OTHER ITEMS.
2. RESERVATION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITY (PWD) :
Vacancies are reserved for Orthopaedically Handicapped (OH) and Visually
Handicapped (VH) as per Persons
with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights & Full Participation) Act,
1995. Following categories
of Persons with Disabilities are eligible to get the benefit of reservationCategories of Persons with Disabilities
OA OL OAL BL B L V
OA -One Arm, OL-One Leg, OAL-One Arm and One Leg, BL-Both Leg, BBlind, L V-Low Vision
(a) Persons with OA and OAL category should have normal bilateral hand
functions.
(b) Blindness refers to a condition where a person suffers from any of the
following Conditions, namely:-(i) T otal absence of sight; or
(ii) Visual acuity not exceeding 6/60 or 20/200 (snellen) in the better eye
with Correcting lenses; or
(iii) Limitation of the field of vision subtending an angle of 20 degree or
worse;

(c) Person with Low Vision means a person with impairment of visual
functioning even after treatment or
standard refractive correction but who uses or is potentially capable of using
vision for the planning or
execution of a task with appropriate assistive device.
(d) Only such persons would be eligible for reservations who suffer from not less
than 40 per cent of relevant
disabilities. A person who wants to avail of benefit of reservation would have
to submit a Disability Certificate
as per format prescribed by Ministry of Social
Notification No. G.S.R. 2 (E)

Justice and Empowerment'

dated 30.12.2009.
Use of Scribe & Compensatory Time:
(i) The facility of Scribe / Reader would be allowed to any person who has
disability of 40 % or more (only those
candidates with disabilities who have physical limitation to write including that of
speed) if so desired by the
person. The compensatory time (20 minutes for every hour) would be
applicable to such candidates.
(ii) Candidates with low vision will be allowed compensatory time while writing the
examination regardlessof
whether they opt for amanuenses/scribe or self writing or with the help of
assistive devices like magnifier.
(iii) The scribe will be allowed to be used as per the guidelines issued vide Office
Memorandum F . No. 16-1 10/
2003-DD.III dated February 26, 2013 of Government of India, Ministry of
Social Justice and Empowerment,
Department of Disability Affairs, New Delhi and clarification issued by
Government of India, Ministry of
Finance, Deptt. Of Financial Services vide letter F . No.3/2/2013 - Welfare
dated 26.04.2013.
(iv) Any candidate who is not eligible to use scribe as per the guidelines
referred to above and uses scribe in the
written examination shall be disqualified to participate further in the
recruitment process. Any candidate who

is using scribe should ensure that he is eligible to use scribe in the

examination as per the above guidelines.
Any candidate using scribe in violation of the above guidelines shall stand
disqualified and can be removed
from service without notice, if has already joined the Bank.
3. CATEGORY
Instructions for writing Category Name and Category Code no. while applying
online.
Candidates belonging to OBC category but coming in the 'CREAMY LA YER', are not
entitled to
OBC reservation and age relaxation. They should indicate their category as
'GEN' or 'GEN (OH)' or
'GEN (VH)' (as applicable).
Various category names and their code numbers are given below.
PLEASE NOTE THAT CHANGE OF CATEGORY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AT ANY
STAGE AFTER
REGISTRATION OF ONLINE APPLICATION.
4. SELECTION PROCEDURE :
Phase-I : Preliminary Examination: Preliminary Examination consisting of
Objective T ests for 100 marks will be
conducted online. This test would be of 1 hour duration consisting of 3
Sections as follows:
Candidates have to qualify in each of the three tests by securing passing marks
to be decided by the Bank.
Adequate number of candidates in each category as decided by the Bank
(approximately 20 times the numbers
of vacancies subject to availability) will be short listed for the Main
Examination.
Phase II:Main Examination: Main Examination will consist of Objective T ests for
200 marks and Descriptive
T est for 50 marks. Both the Objective and Descriptive T ests will be online.
Candidates will have to answer
Descriptive test by typing on the computer. Immediately after completion of
Objective T est, Descriptive T est will
be administered.

(i) Objective Test: The Objective T est of 2 hour duration consists of 4 Sections with
50 marks each (T otal 200
marks) as follows:
a) T est of English Language (Grammar , Vocabulary , Comprehension etc.)
b) T est of General Awareness, Marketing &Computers
c) T est of Data Analysis & Interpretation
d) T est of Reasoning (High Level)
The candidates are required to qualify in each of the T ests by securing
passing marks, to be decided by the Bank.
(ii) Descriptive Test: The Descriptive T est of 1 hour duration with 50 marks will be a
T est of English Language
(Letter Writing & Essay).
Category Code Category Code Category Code Category Code
SC 01 ST 04 OBC 07 GEN 10
SC(OH) 02 ST(OH) 05 OBC(OH) 08 GEN(OH) 1 1
SC(VH) 03 ST(VH) 06 OBC(VH) 09 GEN(VH) 12
SL. Name of test No. of Questions Marks Duration
1. English Language 30 30 Composite Time of
2. Quantitative Aptitude 35 35 1 hour
3. Reasoning Ability 35 35
T otal 100 100
(Contd. on next page...)
(...contd. from previous page)
The candidates are required to qualify in the Descriptive T est by securing passing
marks, to be decided by the
Bank.
Descriptive Test paper of only those candidates will be evaluated who have
scored qualifying marks
in the Objective Tests and are placed adequately high as per total marks in
objective test.
Phase III: Group Discussion (20 marks) & Interview (30 marks)

The aggregate marks of candidates qualifying in both the Objective T ests

and Descriptive T est will be arranged in
descending order in each category . Adequate number of candidates in each
category , as decided by the Bank will
be called for Group Discussion and Interview . The qualifying marks in Group
Discussion &Interview will be as
decided by the Bank.
Candidates qualifying for GD & Interview under 'OBC' category would be required to
submit OBC
certificate containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause. Candidates not submitting
the OBC certificate
containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause and requesting to be interviewed under
General category
will not be entertained.
Final Selection
The marks obtained in the Preliminary Examination (Phase-I) will not be added for
the selection and only the
marks obtained in Main Examination (Phase-II) will be added to the marks
obtained in GD & Interview (Phase-III)
for preparation of the final merit list.
The candidates will have to qualify both in Phase-II and Phase-III separately .
Marks secured by the candidates in
the Written T est (out of 250 marks) are converted to out of 75 and marks
secured in Group Discussion & Interview
(out of 50 marks) are converted to out of 25. The final merit list is arrived at
after aggregating converted marks of
Written T est and Group Discussion &Interview out of 100 for each category . The
selection will be made from the
top merit ranked candidates in each category .
Results of the candidates who have qualified for GD & Interview and the list of
candidates finally selected will be
made available on the Bank's website. Final select list will be published in
Employment News/ Rozgar Samachar.
5. The examination will be held in the month of June 2015 (T entatively). The
Tentative List of examination

centres is provided under Point No. : 16.

Candidate should choose the name of the Centre where he/she desires to
take the examination. NO CHANGE IN
THE CHOICE OF EXAMINATION CENTRE WILL BE ENTERTAINED UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES. BANK
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD OR DELETE ANY CENTRE OR ALTER
EXAMINATION DATE AT ITS
DISCRETION.
6. EMOLUMENTS :
PAY: The starting basic pay is Rs.16,900/-(with 4 increments) in the scale of Rs.
14500-600/7-18700-700/2-20100-800/7-25700 applicable to Junior Management
Grade Scale I. The official will also be eligible for D.A,
H.R.A & C.C.A as per rules in force from time to time. The compensation
per annum at Mumbai is around
Rs. 8,55,000/-. The break up of monthly compensation is as under:
Cash Component : 36,046/-Bank's contribution to PF : 1,690/-Housing (Lease
Rental) : 29,500/-Perquisites (Conveyance, Newspapers, Entertainment
allowance, House & Furniture Maintenance etc. 4,130/-In addition, the
officers are also entitled to other benefits like
(i) Medical Aid for self (100%) and for family (75%)
(ii) Home Travel Concession/Leave Fare Concession
(iii) Concessional Interest Rates for Housing/Car/Personal Loans
The salary scales are under revision with effect from November 2012.
CAREER PATH
The Probationary Officers will be on probation of two years during which they will be
given intensive training.
T owards the end of their probation / training period, they will be subjected to a
screening process. While those
Officers who achieve the predetermined standards may be confirmed and given
placement in the next higher
grade i.e., Officer Middle Management Grade Scale-II, others who qualify in the
test but fail to achieve the
standards set for placement in Middle Management Grade Scale-II, will be
confirmed as Officer Junior

Management Grade Scale-I. The services of those Officers who fail to qualify in
this process will be terminated.
Bank provides immense opportunities for growth in the Bank including opportunities
for postings abroad. The
attractive promotion policy of the Bank provides an opportunity to the
meritorious and exceptionally brilliant
officers to reach the T op Management Grade in a reasonably quick time.
7. APPLICATION FEE AND INTIMA TION CHARGE: (Non Refundable)
The Bank may add additional centres or may delete some of the centres
indicated for training. Candidates opting
for pre-examination training should download their call letter for training by
entering their registration number and
password/ date of birth from 26.05.2015 onwards from Bank's website. No hard
copy of the call letter will be sent
by post.
9. Number of chances:
Sr. No. Category Total
1. SC/ST/PWD Rs.100/- (Intimation Charges only)
2. General and Others Rs. 600/- (App. Fee including intimation charges)
Fee/Intimation charges once paid will NOT be refunded on any account nor
can it be held in reserve for any other
examination or selection.
8. PRE-EXAMINATION TRAINING :
SBI may arrange pre-examination training at certain centres for
SC/ST/Religious Minority Community candidates
in consonance with the guidelines issued by Government of India. Candidates
belonging to the above categories
who desire to avail themselves of such training at their own cost may indicate
to that effect against relevant
column while applying on-line. An indicative list of training centres is given
below :
Category Number of Chances
General 4
General (PWD) 7

OBC 7
OBC(PWD) 7
SC/SC(PWD)/ ST/ ST(PWD) No Restriction
Candidates who have already appeared for the maximum number of chances
permissible are not eligible to to
apply . The number of chances will be counted from the examination held on
18.04.2010.
10 .HOW TO APPL Y
GUIDELINES FOR FILLING ONLINE APPLICATION:
Candidates will be required to register themselves online through Bank's website
www.statebankofindia.com
or www.sbi.co.in. After registration candidates are required to pay the requisite
application fee through online
mode by using debit card/ credit card/Internet Banking.
Pre-requisites for Applying Online
Candidates should have valid email ID which should be kept active till the
declaration of results. It will help
him/her in getting call letter/interview advices etc. by email.
PA YMENT OF FEES : [ONLINE MODE ONLY] :
i. Candidates should first scan their photograph and signature as detailed under
guidelines for scanning the
photograph and signature.
ii. Candidates to visit Bank's website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in
and open the appropriate
Online Application Format, available in the 'careers with us' link.
iii. Fill the application carefully . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the data. In
the event of candidates not being able to fill the data in one go, they can
save the data already entered. When
the data is saved, a provisional registration number and password will be
generated by the system and
displayed on the screen. Candidates should note down the registration
number and password. They can re-open the saved data using registration
number and password and edit the particulars, if needed. This facility

will be available three times only . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the
data. No change /edit will be allowed thereafter . The registration at this
stage is provisional.
iv . After ensuring the correctness of the particulars of the application form,
candidates are required to pay fees
through the payment gateway integrated with the application, following the
instructions available on the
screen.
v . The payment can be made by using Debit Cards
(RuPay/Visa/MasterCard/Maestro), Credit Cards, Internet
Banking, IMPS, Cash Cards/ Mobile Wallets by providing information as asked on the
screen. Transaction
charges for online payment, if any , will be borne by the candidates.
vi. On successful completion of the transaction, e-receipt and application form
will be generated; which may be
printed for record. The printout of the application form is not to be sent to
the Bank.
vii. If the online transaction is not successfully completed, please register
again and make payment online.
viii. There is also a provision to reprint the e-Receipt and Application form
containing fee details, at later stage.
11. GUIDELINES FOR SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE
Before applying online a candidate will be required to have a scanned (digital)
image of his/her photograph and
signature as per the specifications given in Annexure-I. Online application will
not be registered unless
candidates upload photo and signature as specified.
Note:
a. In case the face in the photograph or signature is unclear, the
candidate's application may be rejected.
b. In case the photograph or signature is unclear, the candidate may edit his
application and re-upload his
photograph or signature.
12. CALL LETTERS FOR EXAMINATION:

The candidates should download their call letter and an acquaint yourself
booklet by entering their registration
number and password / date of birth, from 09.06.2015 from the Bank's
website. NO HARD COPY OF THE CALL
LETTER / ACQUAINT YOURSELF BOOKLET WILL BE SENTBY POST .
13. PROOF OF IDENTITY TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF EXAMINTION:
The candidates must bring one photo identity proof such as passport/Adhar/P AN
Card/Driving Licence/Voter's
Card/Bank Passbook with duly attested Photograph/Identity Card issued by
college or university/Employee
ID/Gazetted Officer in the official letterhead in original as well as a selfattested Photocopy thereof. The
photocopy of Identity proof should be submitted along with call letter to the
invigilators in the
examination hall, failing which or if identity of candidates is in doubt the
candidate will not be permitted
to appear for the test.
14. ACTION AGAINST CANDIDATES FOUND GUILTY OF MISCONDUCT :
(a) Candidates are cautioned that they should not furnish any particulars that are
false, tampered/ fabricated
and they should not suppress any material information while filling up the
application form.
(b) At the time of examination/interview, if a candidate is (or has been)
found guilty of:
(i) using unfair means during the examination or (ii) impersonating or
procuring impersonation by any person
or (iii) misbehaving in the examination hall or (iv) resorting to any irregular or
improper means in connection
with his/her candidature for selection or (v) obtaining support for his/her
candidature by any unfair means,
such a candidate may, in addition to rendering himself/herself liable to criminal
prosecution, will also be
liable:
a) to be disqualified from the examination for which he/she is a candidate

b) to be debarred, either permanently or for a specified period, from any

examination or recruitment
conducted by Bank.
(c) The Bank would be analyzing the responses of a candidate with other
appeared candidates to detect
patterns of similarity . On the basis of such an analysis, if it is found that the
responses have been
shared and scores obtained are not genuine / valid, the Bank reserves the right to
cancel his/her
candidature.
(d) USE OF MOBILE PHONES, PAGERS, CALCULATOR OR ANY SUCH DEVICES:
(i) Mobile phones, pagers or any other communication devices are not allowed
inside the premises where the
examination/interview is being conducted. Any infringement of these instructions
shall entail cancellation of
candidature and disciplinary action including ban from future examinations.
(ii) Candidates are advised in their own interest not to bring any of the banned item
including mobile phones/
pagers to the venue of the examination/interview, as arrangement for
safekeeping cannot be assured.
(iii) Candidates are not permitted to use or have in possession of calculators
in examination premises.
15. GENERAL INFORMA TION:
i) Candidates are advised to take a printout of their system generated online
application form after submitting
the application.
ii) On-line registration of application & fee payment will be available from
13.04.2015 to 02.05.2015
iii) Candidates should satisfy themselves about their eligibility for the post
applied for . The Bank would admit to
the test all the candidates applying for the posts with the requisite fee on
the basis of the information
furnished in the online application and shall determine their eligibility only at
the time of interview .

iv) Candidates are advised in their own interest to apply online much before the
closing date and not to
wait till the last date to avoid the possibility of disconnection / inability /
failure to log on to the
website on account of heavy load on internet or website jam.
v) SBI does not assume any responsibility for the candidates not being able
to submit their
applications within the last date on account of aforesaid reasons or for any
other reason beyond the
control of SBI.
(Contd. on next page...)
Agartala Agra Ahmedabad Aizwal Akola Allahabad
Asansol Aurangabad Bareilly Bhubaneshwar Berhampur (Ganjam) Bhopal
Bangalore Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Dehradun Dibrugarh
Ernakulam Gangtok Gorakhpur Gulbarga Guwahati Hubli
Hyderabad Imphal Indore Itanagar Jabalpur Jaipur
Kanpur Kohima Kolkata Lucknow Madurai Meerut
Mumbai Mysore Nagpur NewDelhi Panaji (Goa) Patna
Port Blair Purnea Pune Raipur Ranchi Sambalpur
Silchar Siliguri Shillong Srinagar Tirupati Vadodara
Varanasi Vishakhapatnam Vijaywada
vi) Not more than one application should be submitted by a candidate. In case of
multiple applications,
only the last valid (completed) application will be retained and the
application fee / intimation
charges paid for the other registrations will stand forfeited. Multiple attendance/
appearance by a
candidate in examination and / or GD and/ or interview will be summarily
rejected/ candidature
cancelled.
vii) The possibility for occurrence of some problems in the administration of the
examination cannot be
ruled out completely , which may impact test delivery and/ or result from being
generated. In that

event, every effort will be made to rectify such problem, which may include the
conduct of another
examination if considered necessary.
viii) Candidates serving in Govt./Quasi Govt. offices, Public Sector undertakings
including Nationalised Banks
and Financial Institutions are advised to submit 'No Objection Certificate' from
their employer at the time of
interview , failing which their candidature may not be considered and travelling
expenses, if any , otherwise
admissible, will not be paid.
ix) In case of selection, candidates will be required to produce proper
discharge certificate from the employer at
the time of taking up the appointment.
x) Caste certificate issued by Competent Authority on format prescribed by
the Government of India will have to
be submitted by the SC/ST candidates, if called for interview .
xi) A declaration will have to be submitted in the prescribed format by candidates
seeking reservation under
OBC category stating that he/she does not belong to the creamy layer as on
02.05.2015. OBC certificate
containing the 'Non-creamy layer' clause, issued during the period 01.04.2015
to the date of interview ,
should be submitted by such candidates, if called for interview .
xii) Candidates are advised to keep their e-mail ID alive for receiving advices,
viz. call letters/ Interview advices
etc.
xiii) Appointment of selected candidates is subject to his /her being declared
medically fit as per the requirement
of the Bank concerned.
xiv) IN CASE IT IS DETECTED AT ANY STAGE OF RECRUITMENT THAT A
CANDIDATE DOES NOT FULFIL
THE ELIGIBILITY NORMS AND / OR THAT HE / SHE HAS FURNISHED ANY
INCORRECT / FALSE
INFORMA TION OR HAS SUPPRESSED ANYMATERIAL FACT(S), HIS /HERCANDIDA
TURE WILL

STAND CANCELLED. IF ANY OF THESE SHORTCOMINGS IS / ARE DETECTED

EVEN AFTER
APPOINTMENT , HIS /HER SERVICES ARE LIABLETOBE TERMINATED.
xv) Any legal proceedings in respect of any matter of claim or dispute arising
out of this advertisement and/or an
application in response thereto can be instituted only in Mumbai and
courts/tribunals/ forums at Mumbai only
shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to try any cause/dispute.
16. EXAMINATION CENTERS (T entative List)
The preliminary examination may be held at the following centres and the
address of the venue will be advised in
the call letters. Bank reserves the right to cancel any of the Examination
Centres and/ or add some other Centre,
at its discretion, depending upon the reponse, administrative feasibility , etc.
Bank also reserves the right to allot
the candidate to any centre other than the one he/she has opted for . The centres
for Main Examination may be
limited.
(...contd. from previous page)
CANVASSING IN ANYFORM WILLBE ADISQUALIFICATION
Mumbai, GENERALMANAGER
Date: 13.04.2015
This advertisement is also available on Bank's Website :
http://www.statebankofindia.com or http://www .sbi.co.in.
The Bank is not responsible for printing errors, if any
PHOTOGRAPH IMAGE:
? Photograph must be a recent passport size colour picture.
? The picture should be in colour, against a light-coloured, preferably white,
background.
? Look straight at the camera with a relaxed face.
? If the picture is taken on a sunny day , have the sun behind you, or place
yourself in the shade, so
that you are not squinting and there are no harsh shadows.
? If you have to use flash, ensure there's no red-eye.

? If you wear glasses make sure that there are no reflections and your eyes
can be clearly seen.
? Caps, hats and dark glasses are not acceptable. Religious headwear is allowed
but it must not
cover your face.
? Dimensions 200 x 230 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 20kb50kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 50KB. If the size of
the file is more
than 50KB, then adjust the settings of the scanner such as the DPI
resolution, no. of colours etc.,
during the process of scanning.
(ii) SIGNATURE IMAGE:
? The applicant has to sign on white paper with Black Ink pen.
? The signature must be signed only by the applicant and not by any other
person.
? If the Applicant's signature on the answer script, at the time of the
examination, does not match
the signature on the Attendance Sheet, the applicant will be disqualified.
? Dimensions 140 x 60 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 10kb 20kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 20KB.
SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE:
? Set the scanner resolution to a minimum of 200 dpi (dots per inch).
? Set Color to True Color.
? File Size as specified above.
? Crop the image in the scanner to the edge of the photograph/signature, then
use the upload
editor to crop the image to the final size (as specified above).
? The image file should be JPG or JPEG format. An example file name is:
image01.jpg or
image01.jpeg Image dimensions can be checked by listing the folder files or
moving the mouse

over the file image icon.

Candidates using MS Windows/MS Office can easily obtain photo and signature in
.jpeg format not
exceeding 50KB & 20KB respectively by using MS Paint or MS Office Picture Manager
. Scanned
photograph and signature in any format can be saved in .jpg format by using
'Save As' option in the
File menu and size can be reduced below 50KB (photograph) & 20KB
(signature) by using crop and
then resize option [Please see point (i) & (ii) above for the pixel size] in the 'Image'
menu. Similar
options are available in other photo editor also.
If the file size and format are not as prescribed, an error message will be
displayed.
While filling in the Online Application Form the candidate will be provided with a link
to upload his
photograph and signature.
Procedure for Uploading the Photograph and Signature
(i) There will be two separate links for uploading Photograph and Signature.
(ii) Click on the respective link Upload Photograph / Signature.
(iii) Browse & Select the location where the Scanned Photo / Signature file
has been saved.
(iv) Select the file by clicking on it.
(v) Click the 'Upload' button.
Annexure - I
1 1 Andaman & Nicobar Port Blair
12 Andhra Pradesh Chirala, Chittoor, Guntur , Kakinada, Kurnool, Nellore,
Ongole, Puttur, Rajahmundhry , Srikakulam, Tirupati,
Vijaywada, Vishakhapatnam, Vizianagaram
13 Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar Naharlagun
14 Assam Dibrugarh, Guwahati, Jorhat, Kokrajhar, Silchar T ezpur
15 Bihar Arrah, Aurangabad, Bihar Sharif, Bhagalpur, Darbhanga, Gaya,
Hajipur, Muzaffarpur , Patna, Purnea, Samastipur , Siwan

16 Chandigarh Chandigarh
17 Chhattisgarh Bhilai, Bilaspur, Raipur
18 Goa Panaji, Verna
19 Gujarat Ahmedabad, Anand, Gandhinagar, Himmatnagar , Jamnagar ,
Mehsana, Rajkot, Surat, Vadodara
20 Haryana Ambala, Bahadurgarh, Hissar, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Panipat,
Palwal, Rohtak, Sonipat, Yamunanagar
21 Himachal Pradesh Baddi, Bilaspur, Dharamshala, Hamirpur , Kangra, Kullu,
Mandi,
Shimla, Sirmaur, Solan, Una
22 Jammu & Kashmir Jammu, Kathua, Samba, Srinagar
23 Jharkhand Bokaro, Dhanbad, Hazaribag, Jamshedpur, Ranchi
24 Karnataka Belgaum, Bengaluru, Bidar, Gulbarga, Hubli, Mangalore,
Mysore, Shimoga, Udipi
25 Kerala Alappuzha, Kannur, Kochi, Kollam, Kottayam, Kozhikode,
Malappuram, Palakkad, Thrichur, Thiruvananthapuram
26 Lakshwadeep Kavarrati
27 Madhya Pradesh Bhopal, Gwalior, Indore, Jabalpur , Satna, Sagar , Ujjain
28 Maharashtra Amaravati, Aurangabad, Chandrapur, Dhule Jalgaon, Kolhapur ,
Latur, Mumbai/ Thane/Navi Mumbai, Nagpur, Nanded, Nasik,
Pune, Ratnagiri, Sangli, Satara
29 Manipur Imphal
30 Meghalaya Ri-Bhoi, Shillong
31 Mizoram Aizawal
32 Nagaland Kohima
33 Delhi -NCR Delhi, Faridabad, Ghaziabad, Greater Noida, Gurgaon
34 Odisha Angul, Balasore, Bargarh, Baripada, Berhampur (Ganjam),
Bhubaneshwar, Cuttack, Dhenkanal, Jharsuguda, Rourkela,
Sambalpur
35 Puducherry Puducherry

36 Punjab Amritsar, Bhatinda, Fatehgarh Sahib, Jalandhar , Ludhiana,

Mohali, Pathankot, Patiala, Phagwara, Sangrur
37 Rajasthan Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara, Bikaner , Jaipur , Jodhpur , Kota,
Sikar, Udaipur
38 Sikkim Gangtok
39 T amilnadu Chennai, Coimbatore, Dindigul, Krishnagiri, Madurai, Nagercoil,
Namakkal, Perambalur, Salem, Thanjavur, Thiruchirapalli,
Tirunelvelli, Thoothukodi, Vellore
40 T elangana Hyderabad, Karimnagar, Khammam, W arangal
41 Tripura Agartala
42 Uttar Pradesh Agra, Aligarh, Allahabad, Bareilly, Bulandshaher , Gorakhpur ,
Jhansi, Kanpur, Lucknow , Mathura, Meerut, Moradabad,
Muzaffarnagar , Unnao, V aranasi
43 Uttarakhand Dehradun, Haldwani, Haridwar, Roorkee
44 West Bengal Asansol, Berhampur (West Bengal), Bardhaman, Dumkal,
Durgapur, Hooghly , Howrah, Kalyani, Kolkata, Siliguri
State CodeState/UT Centre State CodeState/UT Centre
EXAMINATION CENTERS (Tentative List) technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one

minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is

no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage, Products and news for the dental
profession
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impression technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded

with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage,
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,

gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only

on the area of the prepped tooth within

the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab

technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at

the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic

agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth

to inject the wash material.

Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab
technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at
the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.

Wait until seating the first crown before

attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
Products and news for the dental professionAll too often, modalities of therapy are
perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance

each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1

The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The

coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid

support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions

The H&H cordless impressionRECRUITMENT OF PROBA TIONARY OFFICERS IN ST A

TE BANK OF INDIA
ADVERTISEMENT NO. CRPD/PO/2015-16/02
CENTRALRECRUITMENT & PROMOTION DEP ARTMENT ,
CORPORA TE CENTRE, MUMBAI
(Phone : 022-2282 0427; Fax : 022-2282 041 1; E-mail : crpd@sbi.co.in)
ONLINE REGISTRA TION OF APPLICA TION: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
P A YMENT OF FEES - ONLINE: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
Preliminary Examination will be conducted tentatively in June 2015. Candidates
are advised to regularly check Bank's
website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in for details and updates. The
examination will be as detailed under
point No. 4 - Selection procedure.
Applications are invited from eligible Indian Citizens for appointment as
Probationary Officers (POs) in State Bank of India. Candidates selected
are liable to be posted anywhere in India.
SC ST OBC GEN Total OH VH Total
308 339 541 812 2000 38 24 62
Vacancies Vacancies (PWD)
SC ST OBC Total OH VH
67 219 107 393 14
Vacancies :
Backlog vacancies detailed as under have been included in the above mentioned
total vacancies.
*V acancies reserved for OBC category are available to OBC Candidates belonging
to 'Non-creamy layer'. 'Creamy layer' OBC candidates should indicate their
category as 'General'.
Vacancies for OH & VH category candidates are reserved horizontally .
Vacancies including reserved
vacancies are provisional and may vary according to the requirements of
Bank.
1. ELIGIBLITY CRITERIA :
(A) Essential Academic Qualifications: (AS ON 01.09.2015)

Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or any equivalent

qualification recognised
as such by the Central Government. Those who are in the Final year/Semester of
their Graduation
may also apply provisionally subject to the condition that, if called for
interview , they will have to
produce proof of having passed the graduation examination on or before
01.09.2015. Candidates
having integrated dual degree (IDD) certificate should ensure that the date
of passing the IDD is on or
before 01.09.2015.
Note : The date of passing eligibility examination will be the date appearing on the
marksheet or
provisional certificate issued by the University / Institute. In case the result
of a particular examination
is posted on the website of the University / Institute, a certificate issued by
the appropriate authority of
the University / Institute indicating the date on which the result was posted
on the website will be taken
as the date of passing. Irrespective of the date of examination, in case the
proof of having
passed the examination as on 01.09.2015 is not produced as detailed above
the candidate will
not be eligible.
(B) Age Limit : (As on 01.04.2015)
Not below 21 years and not above 30 years as on 01.04.2015 i.e candidates
must have been born not
earlier than 02.04.1985 and not later than 01.04.1994 (both days inclusive)
Relaxation of Upper age limit :
Sr. No. Category Age Relaxation
1. Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe 5 years
2. Other Backward Classes (Non-Creamy Layer) 3 years
3. Persons With Disabilities (PWD PWD (SC/ST)-15 Y ears
PWD (OBC)- 13 Y ears

PWD (Gen)- 10 Y ears

4. Ex Servicemen, Commissioned officers including Emergency 5 years
Commissioned Officers (ECOs)/Short Service Commissioned
Officers (SSCOs) who have rendered 5 years military service
and have been released on completion of assignment (including
those whose assignment is due to be completed within one year
from the last date of receipt of application) otherwise than by
way of dismissal or discharge on account of misconduct or
inefficiency or physical disability attributable to military service
or invalidment.
5. Persons Ordinarily domiciled of the state of Jammu & Kashmir 5 years
during the period 01.01.1980 to 31.12.1989
NOTE : CUMULATIVE AGE RELAXATION WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE EITHER UNDER
THE ABOVE ITEMS
OR IN COMBINATION WITH ANY OTHER ITEMS.
2. RESERVATION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITY (PWD) :
Vacancies are reserved for Orthopaedically Handicapped (OH) and Visually
Handicapped (VH) as per Persons
with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights & Full Participation) Act,
1995. Following categories
of Persons with Disabilities are eligible to get the benefit of reservationCategories of Persons with Disabilities
OA OL OAL BL B L V
OA -One Arm, OL-One Leg, OAL-One Arm and One Leg, BL-Both Leg, BBlind, L V-Low Vision
(a) Persons with OA and OAL category should have normal bilateral hand
functions.
(b) Blindness refers to a condition where a person suffers from any of the
following Conditions, namely:-(i) T otal absence of sight; or
(ii) Visual acuity not exceeding 6/60 or 20/200 (snellen) in the better eye
with Correcting lenses; or
(iii) Limitation of the field of vision subtending an angle of 20 degree or
worse;

(c) Person with Low Vision means a person with impairment of visual
functioning even after treatment or
standard refractive correction but who uses or is potentially capable of using
vision for the planning or
execution of a task with appropriate assistive device.
(d) Only such persons would be eligible for reservations who suffer from not less
than 40 per cent of relevant
disabilities. A person who wants to avail of benefit of reservation would have
to submit a Disability Certificate
as per format prescribed by Ministry of Social
Notification No. G.S.R. 2 (E)

Justice and Empowerment'

dated 30.12.2009.
Use of Scribe & Compensatory Time:
(i) The facility of Scribe / Reader would be allowed to any person who has
disability of 40 % or more (only those
candidates with disabilities who have physical limitation to write including that of
speed) if so desired by the
person. The compensatory time (20 minutes for every hour) would be
applicable to such candidates.
(ii) Candidates with low vision will be allowed compensatory time while writing the
examination regardlessof
whether they opt for amanuenses/scribe or self writing or with the help of
assistive devices like magnifier.
(iii) The scribe will be allowed to be used as per the guidelines issued vide Office
Memorandum F . No. 16-1 10/
2003-DD.III dated February 26, 2013 of Government of India, Ministry of
Social Justice and Empowerment,
Department of Disability Affairs, New Delhi and clarification issued by
Government of India, Ministry of
Finance, Deptt. Of Financial Services vide letter F . No.3/2/2013 - Welfare
dated 26.04.2013.
(iv) Any candidate who is not eligible to use scribe as per the guidelines
referred to above and uses scribe in the
written examination shall be disqualified to participate further in the
recruitment process. Any candidate who

is using scribe should ensure that he is eligible to use scribe in the

examination as per the above guidelines.
Any candidate using scribe in violation of the above guidelines shall stand
disqualified and can be removed
from service without notice, if has already joined the Bank.
3. CATEGORY
Instructions for writing Category Name and Category Code no. while applying
online.
Candidates belonging to OBC category but coming in the 'CREAMY LA YER', are not
entitled to
OBC reservation and age relaxation. They should indicate their category as
'GEN' or 'GEN (OH)' or
'GEN (VH)' (as applicable).
Various category names and their code numbers are given below.
PLEASE NOTE THAT CHANGE OF CATEGORY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AT ANY
STAGE AFTER
REGISTRATION OF ONLINE APPLICATION.
4. SELECTION PROCEDURE :
Phase-I : Preliminary Examination: Preliminary Examination consisting of
Objective T ests for 100 marks will be
conducted online. This test would be of 1 hour duration consisting of 3
Sections as follows:
Candidates have to qualify in each of the three tests by securing passing marks
to be decided by the Bank.
Adequate number of candidates in each category as decided by the Bank
(approximately 20 times the numbers
of vacancies subject to availability) will be short listed for the Main
Examination.
Phase II:Main Examination: Main Examination will consist of Objective T ests for
200 marks and Descriptive
T est for 50 marks. Both the Objective and Descriptive T ests will be online.
Candidates will have to answer
Descriptive test by typing on the computer. Immediately after completion of
Objective T est, Descriptive T est will
be administered.

(i) Objective Test: The Objective T est of 2 hour duration consists of 4 Sections with
50 marks each (T otal 200
marks) as follows:
a) T est of English Language (Grammar , Vocabulary , Comprehension etc.)
b) T est of General Awareness, Marketing &Computers
c) T est of Data Analysis & Interpretation
d) T est of Reasoning (High Level)
The candidates are required to qualify in each of the T ests by securing
passing marks, to be decided by the Bank.
(ii) Descriptive Test: The Descriptive T est of 1 hour duration with 50 marks will be a
T est of English Language
(Letter Writing & Essay).
Category Code Category Code Category Code Category Code
SC 01 ST 04 OBC 07 GEN 10
SC(OH) 02 ST(OH) 05 OBC(OH) 08 GEN(OH) 1 1
SC(VH) 03 ST(VH) 06 OBC(VH) 09 GEN(VH) 12
SL. Name of test No. of Questions Marks Duration
1. English Language 30 30 Composite Time of
2. Quantitative Aptitude 35 35 1 hour
3. Reasoning Ability 35 35
T otal 100 100
(Contd. on next page...)
(...contd. from previous page)
The candidates are required to qualify in the Descriptive T est by securing passing
marks, to be decided by the
Bank.
Descriptive Test paper of only those candidates will be evaluated who have
scored qualifying marks
in the Objective Tests and are placed adequately high as per total marks in
objective test.
Phase III: Group Discussion (20 marks) & Interview (30 marks)

The aggregate marks of candidates qualifying in both the Objective T ests

and Descriptive T est will be arranged in
descending order in each category . Adequate number of candidates in each
category , as decided by the Bank will
be called for Group Discussion and Interview . The qualifying marks in Group
Discussion &Interview will be as
decided by the Bank.
Candidates qualifying for GD & Interview under 'OBC' category would be required to
submit OBC
certificate containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause. Candidates not submitting
the OBC certificate
containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause and requesting to be interviewed under
General category
will not be entertained.
Final Selection
The marks obtained in the Preliminary Examination (Phase-I) will not be added for
the selection and only the
marks obtained in Main Examination (Phase-II) will be added to the marks
obtained in GD & Interview (Phase-III)
for preparation of the final merit list.
The candidates will have to qualify both in Phase-II and Phase-III separately .
Marks secured by the candidates in
the Written T est (out of 250 marks) are converted to out of 75 and marks
secured in Group Discussion & Interview
(out of 50 marks) are converted to out of 25. The final merit list is arrived at
after aggregating converted marks of
Written T est and Group Discussion &Interview out of 100 for each category . The
selection will be made from the
top merit ranked candidates in each category .
Results of the candidates who have qualified for GD & Interview and the list of
candidates finally selected will be
made available on the Bank's website. Final select list will be published in
Employment News/ Rozgar Samachar.
5. The examination will be held in the month of June 2015 (T entatively). The
Tentative List of examination

centres is provided under Point No. : 16.

Candidate should choose the name of the Centre where he/she desires to
take the examination. NO CHANGE IN
THE CHOICE OF EXAMINATION CENTRE WILL BE ENTERTAINED UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES. BANK
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD OR DELETE ANY CENTRE OR ALTER
EXAMINATION DATE AT ITS
DISCRETION.
6. EMOLUMENTS :
PAY: The starting basic pay is Rs.16,900/-(with 4 increments) in the scale of Rs.
14500-600/7-18700-700/2-20100-800/7-25700 applicable to Junior Management
Grade Scale I. The official will also be eligible for D.A,
H.R.A & C.C.A as per rules in force from time to time. The compensation
per annum at Mumbai is around
Rs. 8,55,000/-. The break up of monthly compensation is as under:
Cash Component : 36,046/-Bank's contribution to PF : 1,690/-Housing (Lease
Rental) : 29,500/-Perquisites (Conveyance, Newspapers, Entertainment
allowance, House & Furniture Maintenance etc. 4,130/-In addition, the
officers are also entitled to other benefits like
(i) Medical Aid for self (100%) and for family (75%)
(ii) Home Travel Concession/Leave Fare Concession
(iii) Concessional Interest Rates for Housing/Car/Personal Loans
The salary scales are under revision with effect from November 2012.
CAREER PATH
The Probationary Officers will be on probation of two years during which they will be
given intensive training.
T owards the end of their probation / training period, they will be subjected to a
screening process. While those
Officers who achieve the predetermined standards may be confirmed and given
placement in the next higher
grade i.e., Officer Middle Management Grade Scale-II, others who qualify in the
test but fail to achieve the
standards set for placement in Middle Management Grade Scale-II, will be
confirmed as Officer Junior

Management Grade Scale-I. The services of those Officers who fail to qualify in
this process will be terminated.
Bank provides immense opportunities for growth in the Bank including opportunities
for postings abroad. The
attractive promotion policy of the Bank provides an opportunity to the
meritorious and exceptionally brilliant
officers to reach the T op Management Grade in a reasonably quick time.
7. APPLICATION FEE AND INTIMA TION CHARGE: (Non Refundable)
The Bank may add additional centres or may delete some of the centres
indicated for training. Candidates opting
for pre-examination training should download their call letter for training by
entering their registration number and
password/ date of birth from 26.05.2015 onwards from Bank's website. No hard
copy of the call letter will be sent
by post.
9. Number of chances:
Sr. No. Category Total
1. SC/ST/PWD Rs.100/- (Intimation Charges only)
2. General and Others Rs. 600/- (App. Fee including intimation charges)
Fee/Intimation charges once paid will NOT be refunded on any account nor
can it be held in reserve for any other
examination or selection.
8. PRE-EXAMINATION TRAINING :
SBI may arrange pre-examination training at certain centres for
SC/ST/Religious Minority Community candidates
in consonance with the guidelines issued by Government of India. Candidates
belonging to the above categories
who desire to avail themselves of such training at their own cost may indicate
to that effect against relevant
column while applying on-line. An indicative list of training centres is given
below :
Category Number of Chances
General 4
General (PWD) 7

OBC 7
OBC(PWD) 7
SC/SC(PWD)/ ST/ ST(PWD) No Restriction
Candidates who have already appeared for the maximum number of chances
permissible are not eligible to to
apply . The number of chances will be counted from the examination held on
18.04.2010.
10 .HOW TO APPL Y
GUIDELINES FOR FILLING ONLINE APPLICATION:
Candidates will be required to register themselves online through Bank's website
www.statebankofindia.com
or www.sbi.co.in. After registration candidates are required to pay the requisite
application fee through online
mode by using debit card/ credit card/Internet Banking.
Pre-requisites for Applying Online
Candidates should have valid email ID which should be kept active till the
declaration of results. It will help
him/her in getting call letter/interview advices etc. by email.
PA YMENT OF FEES : [ONLINE MODE ONLY] :
i. Candidates should first scan their photograph and signature as detailed under
guidelines for scanning the
photograph and signature.
ii. Candidates to visit Bank's website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in
and open the appropriate
Online Application Format, available in the 'careers with us' link.
iii. Fill the application carefully . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the data. In
the event of candidates not being able to fill the data in one go, they can
save the data already entered. When
the data is saved, a provisional registration number and password will be
generated by the system and
displayed on the screen. Candidates should note down the registration
number and password. They can re-open the saved data using registration
number and password and edit the particulars, if needed. This facility

will be available three times only . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the
data. No change /edit will be allowed thereafter . The registration at this
stage is provisional.
iv . After ensuring the correctness of the particulars of the application form,
candidates are required to pay fees
through the payment gateway integrated with the application, following the
instructions available on the
screen.
v . The payment can be made by using Debit Cards
(RuPay/Visa/MasterCard/Maestro), Credit Cards, Internet
Banking, IMPS, Cash Cards/ Mobile Wallets by providing information as asked on the
screen. Transaction
charges for online payment, if any , will be borne by the candidates.
vi. On successful completion of the transaction, e-receipt and application form
will be generated; which may be
printed for record. The printout of the application form is not to be sent to
the Bank.
vii. If the online transaction is not successfully completed, please register
again and make payment online.
viii. There is also a provision to reprint the e-Receipt and Application form
containing fee details, at later stage.
11. GUIDELINES FOR SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE
Before applying online a candidate will be required to have a scanned (digital)
image of his/her photograph and
signature as per the specifications given in Annexure-I. Online application will
not be registered unless
candidates upload photo and signature as specified.
Note:
a. In case the face in the photograph or signature is unclear, the
candidate's application may be rejected.
b. In case the photograph or signature is unclear, the candidate may edit his
application and re-upload his
photograph or signature.
12. CALL LETTERS FOR EXAMINATION:

The candidates should download their call letter and an acquaint yourself
booklet by entering their registration
number and password / date of birth, from 09.06.2015 from the Bank's
website. NO HARD COPY OF THE CALL
LETTER / ACQUAINT YOURSELF BOOKLET WILL BE SENTBY POST .
13. PROOF OF IDENTITY TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF EXAMINTION:
The candidates must bring one photo identity proof such as passport/Adhar/P AN
Card/Driving Licence/Voter's
Card/Bank Passbook with duly attested Photograph/Identity Card issued by
college or university/Employee
ID/Gazetted Officer in the official letterhead in original as well as a selfattested Photocopy thereof. The
photocopy of Identity proof should be submitted along with call letter to the
invigilators in the
examination hall, failing which or if identity of candidates is in doubt the
candidate will not be permitted
to appear for the test.
14. ACTION AGAINST CANDIDATES FOUND GUILTY OF MISCONDUCT :
(a) Candidates are cautioned that they should not furnish any particulars that are
false, tampered/ fabricated
and they should not suppress any material information while filling up the
application form.
(b) At the time of examination/interview, if a candidate is (or has been)
found guilty of:
(i) using unfair means during the examination or (ii) impersonating or
procuring impersonation by any person
or (iii) misbehaving in the examination hall or (iv) resorting to any irregular or
improper means in connection
with his/her candidature for selection or (v) obtaining support for his/her
candidature by any unfair means,
such a candidate may, in addition to rendering himself/herself liable to criminal
prosecution, will also be
liable:
a) to be disqualified from the examination for which he/she is a candidate

b) to be debarred, either permanently or for a specified period, from any

examination or recruitment
conducted by Bank.
(c) The Bank would be analyzing the responses of a candidate with other
appeared candidates to detect
patterns of similarity . On the basis of such an analysis, if it is found that the
responses have been
shared and scores obtained are not genuine / valid, the Bank reserves the right to
cancel his/her
candidature.
(d) USE OF MOBILE PHONES, PAGERS, CALCULATOR OR ANY SUCH DEVICES:
(i) Mobile phones, pagers or any other communication devices are not allowed
inside the premises where the
examination/interview is being conducted. Any infringement of these instructions
shall entail cancellation of
candidature and disciplinary action including ban from future examinations.
(ii) Candidates are advised in their own interest not to bring any of the banned item
including mobile phones/
pagers to the venue of the examination/interview, as arrangement for
safekeeping cannot be assured.
(iii) Candidates are not permitted to use or have in possession of calculators
in examination premises.
15. GENERAL INFORMA TION:
i) Candidates are advised to take a printout of their system generated online
application form after submitting
the application.
ii) On-line registration of application & fee payment will be available from
13.04.2015 to 02.05.2015
iii) Candidates should satisfy themselves about their eligibility for the post
applied for . The Bank would admit to
the test all the candidates applying for the posts with the requisite fee on
the basis of the information
furnished in the online application and shall determine their eligibility only at
the time of interview .

iv) Candidates are advised in their own interest to apply online much before the
closing date and not to
wait till the last date to avoid the possibility of disconnection / inability /
failure to log on to the
website on account of heavy load on internet or website jam.
v) SBI does not assume any responsibility for the candidates not being able
to submit their
applications within the last date on account of aforesaid reasons or for any
other reason beyond the
control of SBI.
(Contd. on next page...)
Agartala Agra Ahmedabad Aizwal Akola Allahabad
Asansol Aurangabad Bareilly Bhubaneshwar Berhampur (Ganjam) Bhopal
Bangalore Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Dehradun Dibrugarh
Ernakulam Gangtok Gorakhpur Gulbarga Guwahati Hubli
Hyderabad Imphal Indore Itanagar Jabalpur Jaipur
Kanpur Kohima Kolkata Lucknow Madurai Meerut
Mumbai Mysore Nagpur NewDelhi Panaji (Goa) Patna
Port Blair Purnea Pune Raipur Ranchi Sambalpur
Silchar Siliguri Shillong Srinagar Tirupati Vadodara
Varanasi Vishakhapatnam Vijaywada
vi) Not more than one application should be submitted by a candidate. In case of
multiple applications,
only the last valid (completed) application will be retained and the
application fee / intimation
charges paid for the other registrations will stand forfeited. Multiple attendance/
appearance by a
candidate in examination and / or GD and/ or interview will be summarily
rejected/ candidature
cancelled.
vii) The possibility for occurrence of some problems in the administration of the
examination cannot be
ruled out completely , which may impact test delivery and/ or result from being
generated. In that

event, every effort will be made to rectify such problem, which may include the
conduct of another
examination if considered necessary.
viii) Candidates serving in Govt./Quasi Govt. offices, Public Sector undertakings
including Nationalised Banks
and Financial Institutions are advised to submit 'No Objection Certificate' from
their employer at the time of
interview , failing which their candidature may not be considered and travelling
expenses, if any , otherwise
admissible, will not be paid.
ix) In case of selection, candidates will be required to produce proper
discharge certificate from the employer at
the time of taking up the appointment.
x) Caste certificate issued by Competent Authority on format prescribed by
the Government of India will have to
be submitted by the SC/ST candidates, if called for interview .
xi) A declaration will have to be submitted in the prescribed format by candidates
seeking reservation under
OBC category stating that he/she does not belong to the creamy layer as on
02.05.2015. OBC certificate
containing the 'Non-creamy layer' clause, issued during the period 01.04.2015
to the date of interview ,
should be submitted by such candidates, if called for interview .
xii) Candidates are advised to keep their e-mail ID alive for receiving advices,
viz. call letters/ Interview advices
etc.
xiii) Appointment of selected candidates is subject to his /her being declared
medically fit as per the requirement
of the Bank concerned.
xiv) IN CASE IT IS DETECTED AT ANY STAGE OF RECRUITMENT THAT A
CANDIDATE DOES NOT FULFIL
THE ELIGIBILITY NORMS AND / OR THAT HE / SHE HAS FURNISHED ANY
INCORRECT / FALSE
INFORMA TION OR HAS SUPPRESSED ANYMATERIAL FACT(S), HIS /HERCANDIDA
TURE WILL

STAND CANCELLED. IF ANY OF THESE SHORTCOMINGS IS / ARE DETECTED

EVEN AFTER
APPOINTMENT , HIS /HER SERVICES ARE LIABLETOBE TERMINATED.
xv) Any legal proceedings in respect of any matter of claim or dispute arising
out of this advertisement and/or an
application in response thereto can be instituted only in Mumbai and
courts/tribunals/ forums at Mumbai only
shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to try any cause/dispute.
16. EXAMINATION CENTERS (T entative List)
The preliminary examination may be held at the following centres and the
address of the venue will be advised in
the call letters. Bank reserves the right to cancel any of the Examination
Centres and/ or add some other Centre,
at its discretion, depending upon the reponse, administrative feasibility , etc.
Bank also reserves the right to allot
the candidate to any centre other than the one he/she has opted for . The centres
for Main Examination may be
limited.
(...contd. from previous page)
CANVASSING IN ANYFORM WILLBE ADISQUALIFICATION
Mumbai, GENERALMANAGER
Date: 13.04.2015
This advertisement is also available on Bank's Website :
http://www.statebankofindia.com or http://www .sbi.co.in.
The Bank is not responsible for printing errors, if any
PHOTOGRAPH IMAGE:
? Photograph must be a recent passport size colour picture.
? The picture should be in colour, against a light-coloured, preferably white,
background.
? Look straight at the camera with a relaxed face.
? If the picture is taken on a sunny day , have the sun behind you, or place
yourself in the shade, so
that you are not squinting and there are no harsh shadows.
? If you have to use flash, ensure there's no red-eye.

? If you wear glasses make sure that there are no reflections and your eyes
can be clearly seen.
? Caps, hats and dark glasses are not acceptable. Religious headwear is allowed
but it must not
cover your face.
? Dimensions 200 x 230 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 20kb50kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 50KB. If the size of
the file is more
than 50KB, then adjust the settings of the scanner such as the DPI
resolution, no. of colours etc.,
during the process of scanning.
(ii) SIGNATURE IMAGE:
? The applicant has to sign on white paper with Black Ink pen.
? The signature must be signed only by the applicant and not by any other
person.
? If the Applicant's signature on the answer script, at the time of the
examination, does not match
the signature on the Attendance Sheet, the applicant will be disqualified.
? Dimensions 140 x 60 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 10kb 20kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 20KB.
SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE:
? Set the scanner resolution to a minimum of 200 dpi (dots per inch).
? Set Color to True Color.
? File Size as specified above.
? Crop the image in the scanner to the edge of the photograph/signature, then
use the upload
editor to crop the image to the final size (as specified above).
? The image file should be JPG or JPEG format. An example file name is:
image01.jpg or
image01.jpeg Image dimensions can be checked by listing the folder files or
moving the mouse

over the file image icon.

Candidates using MS Windows/MS Office can easily obtain photo and signature in
.jpeg format not
exceeding 50KB & 20KB respectively by using MS Paint or MS Office Picture Manager
. Scanned
photograph and signature in any format can be saved in .jpg format by using
'Save As' option in the
File menu and size can be reduced below 50KB (photograph) & 20KB
(signature) by using crop and
then resize option [Please see point (i) & (ii) above for the pixel size] in the 'Image'
menu. Similar
options are available in other photo editor also.
If the file size and format are not as prescribed, an error message will be
displayed.
While filling in the Online Application Form the candidate will be provided with a link
to upload his
photograph and signature.
Procedure for Uploading the Photograph and Signature
(i) There will be two separate links for uploading Photograph and Signature.
(ii) Click on the respective link Upload Photograph / Signature.
(iii) Browse & Select the location where the Scanned Photo / Signature file
has been saved.
(iv) Select the file by clicking on it.
(v) Click the 'Upload' button.
Annexure - I
1 1 Andaman & Nicobar Port Blair
12 Andhra Pradesh Chirala, Chittoor, Guntur , Kakinada, Kurnool, Nellore,
Ongole, Puttur, Rajahmundhry , Srikakulam, Tirupati,
Vijaywada, Vishakhapatnam, Vizianagaram
13 Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar Naharlagun
14 Assam Dibrugarh, Guwahati, Jorhat, Kokrajhar, Silchar T ezpur
15 Bihar Arrah, Aurangabad, Bihar Sharif, Bhagalpur, Darbhanga, Gaya,
Hajipur, Muzaffarpur , Patna, Purnea, Samastipur , Siwan

16 Chandigarh Chandigarh
17 Chhattisgarh Bhilai, Bilaspur, Raipur
18 Goa Panaji, Verna
19 Gujarat Ahmedabad, Anand, Gandhinagar, Himmatnagar , Jamnagar ,
Mehsana, Rajkot, Surat, Vadodara
20 Haryana Ambala, Bahadurgarh, Hissar, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Panipat,
Palwal, Rohtak, Sonipat, Yamunanagar
21 Himachal Pradesh Baddi, Bilaspur, Dharamshala, Hamirpur , Kangra, Kullu,
Mandi,
Shimla, Sirmaur, Solan, Una
22 Jammu & Kashmir Jammu, Kathua, Samba, Srinagar
23 Jharkhand Bokaro, Dhanbad, Hazaribag, Jamshedpur, Ranchi
24 Karnataka Belgaum, Bengaluru, Bidar, Gulbarga, Hubli, Mangalore,
Mysore, Shimoga, Udipi
25 Kerala Alappuzha, Kannur, Kochi, Kollam, Kottayam, Kozhikode,
Malappuram, Palakkad, Thrichur, Thiruvananthapuram
26 Lakshwadeep Kavarrati
27 Madhya Pradesh Bhopal, Gwalior, Indore, Jabalpur , Satna, Sagar , Ujjain
28 Maharashtra Amaravati, Aurangabad, Chandrapur, Dhule Jalgaon, Kolhapur ,
Latur, Mumbai/ Thane/Navi Mumbai, Nagpur, Nanded, Nasik,
Pune, Ratnagiri, Sangli, Satara
29 Manipur Imphal
30 Meghalaya Ri-Bhoi, Shillong
31 Mizoram Aizawal
32 Nagaland Kohima
33 Delhi -NCR Delhi, Faridabad, Ghaziabad, Greater Noida, Gurgaon
34 Odisha Angul, Balasore, Bargarh, Baripada, Berhampur (Ganjam),
Bhubaneshwar, Cuttack, Dhenkanal, Jharsuguda, Rourkela,
Sambalpur
35 Puducherry Puducherry

36 Punjab Amritsar, Bhatinda, Fatehgarh Sahib, Jalandhar , Ludhiana,

Mohali, Pathankot, Patiala, Phagwara, Sangrur
37 Rajasthan Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara, Bikaner , Jaipur , Jodhpur , Kota,
Sikar, Udaipur
38 Sikkim Gangtok
39 T amilnadu Chennai, Coimbatore, Dindigul, Krishnagiri, Madurai, Nagercoil,
Namakkal, Perambalur, Salem, Thanjavur, Thiruchirapalli,
Tirunelvelli, Thoothukodi, Vellore
40 T elangana Hyderabad, Karimnagar, Khammam, W arangal
41 Tripura Agartala
42 Uttar Pradesh Agra, Aligarh, Allahabad, Bareilly, Bulandshaher , Gorakhpur ,
Jhansi, Kanpur, Lucknow , Mathura, Meerut, Moradabad,
Muzaffarnagar , Unnao, V aranasi
43 Uttarakhand Dehradun, Haldwani, Haridwar, Roorkee
44 West Bengal Asansol, Berhampur (West Bengal), Bardhaman, Dumkal,
Durgapur, Hooghly , Howrah, Kalyani, Kolkata, Siliguri
State CodeState/UT Centre State CodeState/UT Centre
EXAMINATION CENTERS (Tentative List) technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one

minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is

no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage, Products and news for the dental
profession
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impression technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded

with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage,
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,

gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only

on the area of the prepped tooth within

the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab

technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at

the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic

agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth

to inject the wash material.

Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab
technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at
the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.

Wait until seating the first crown before

attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.

1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic

retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific

rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford
a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and
survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.

Yalisove and Dietz

2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79All too often, modalities of therapy are perceived as antiquated
and overlooked because quicker, easier solutions may be avail-able. This overview
of time-tested telescopic restorative options
may prove to be viable for many dental restorations.
A telescopic retainer is a coping that fits under, in a concen-tric manner, or
telescopes within, to support and retain an over-crown. The coping may be an
abutment for a fixed dental pros-thesis (FDP), removable periodontal prosthesis,
crown-sleeve-coping partial denture, or overdenture (Fig 1).The Glossary of
Prosthodontic Termsdefines a telescopic crown as an artifi-cial crown constructed
to fit over a coping (framework). The
coping can be another crown, a bar, or any other suitable rigid
support for the dental prosthesis.
1
The use of telescopic retain-ers for FDPs or removable prostheses, tooth- or implantborne,
continues to serve as a valuable therapeutic restorative option
today. Implants and other current innovations do not make tele-scopes obsolete as
retainers; on the contrary, they can enhance
each other and expand the range of viable treatment alterna-tives. Before the
advent of implants, the location and/or num-ber of remaining natural abutments
often presented problems in
achieving stable, functional, and esthetic restorations. Because
of the myriad of options they provide, telescopic retainers afford

a modality of treatment that can enhance the maintenance and

survival of natural abutments and provide additional options
for the restoration of a partially edentulous mouth.
Yalisove and Dietz
2
described the versatility of telescopic
retainers in restorative dentistry. They identified the scientific
rationale and promoted the use of this modality of treatment.
Telescopic retainers provide the following advantages:
1. Efficient home care by removing the overprosthesis
(Figs 25).
2. Reduction of lateral stress on abutment teeth by allowing
for self-releasing or stress conversion (Figs 68).
Journal of Prosthodontics21(2012) 7983 c 2011 by the American College of
Prosthodontists 79
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impressionRECRUITMENT OF PROBA TIONARY OFFICERS IN ST A
TE BANK OF INDIA
ADVERTISEMENT NO. CRPD/PO/2015-16/02
CENTRALRECRUITMENT & PROMOTION DEP ARTMENT ,
CORPORA TE CENTRE, MUMBAI
(Phone : 022-2282 0427; Fax : 022-2282 041 1; E-mail : crpd@sbi.co.in)
ONLINE REGISTRA TION OF APPLICA TION: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
P A YMENT OF FEES - ONLINE: 13.04.2015 TO 02.05.2015
Preliminary Examination will be conducted tentatively in June 2015. Candidates
are advised to regularly check Bank's
website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in for details and updates. The
examination will be as detailed under

point No. 4 - Selection procedure.

Applications are invited from eligible Indian Citizens for appointment as
Probationary Officers (POs) in State Bank of India. Candidates selected
are liable to be posted anywhere in India.
SC ST OBC GEN Total OH VH Total
308 339 541 812 2000 38 24 62
Vacancies Vacancies (PWD)
SC ST OBC Total OH VH
67 219 107 393 14
Vacancies :
Backlog vacancies detailed as under have been included in the above mentioned
total vacancies.
*V acancies reserved for OBC category are available to OBC Candidates belonging
to 'Non-creamy layer'. 'Creamy layer' OBC candidates should indicate their
category as 'General'.
Vacancies for OH & VH category candidates are reserved horizontally .
Vacancies including reserved
vacancies are provisional and may vary according to the requirements of
Bank.
1. ELIGIBLITY CRITERIA :
(A) Essential Academic Qualifications: (AS ON 01.09.2015)
Graduation in any discipline from a recognised University or any equivalent
qualification recognised
as such by the Central Government. Those who are in the Final year/Semester of
their Graduation
may also apply provisionally subject to the condition that, if called for
interview , they will have to
produce proof of having passed the graduation examination on or before
01.09.2015. Candidates
having integrated dual degree (IDD) certificate should ensure that the date
of passing the IDD is on or
before 01.09.2015.
Note : The date of passing eligibility examination will be the date appearing on the
marksheet or

provisional certificate issued by the University / Institute. In case the result

of a particular examination
is posted on the website of the University / Institute, a certificate issued by
the appropriate authority of
the University / Institute indicating the date on which the result was posted
on the website will be taken
as the date of passing. Irrespective of the date of examination, in case the
proof of having
passed the examination as on 01.09.2015 is not produced as detailed above
the candidate will
not be eligible.
(B) Age Limit : (As on 01.04.2015)
Not below 21 years and not above 30 years as on 01.04.2015 i.e candidates
must have been born not
earlier than 02.04.1985 and not later than 01.04.1994 (both days inclusive)
Relaxation of Upper age limit :
Sr. No. Category Age Relaxation
1. Scheduled Caste/ Scheduled Tribe 5 years
2. Other Backward Classes (Non-Creamy Layer) 3 years
3. Persons With Disabilities (PWD PWD (SC/ST)-15 Y ears
PWD (OBC)- 13 Y ears
PWD (Gen)- 10 Y ears
4. Ex Servicemen, Commissioned officers including Emergency 5 years
Commissioned Officers (ECOs)/Short Service Commissioned
Officers (SSCOs) who have rendered 5 years military service
and have been released on completion of assignment (including
those whose assignment is due to be completed within one year
from the last date of receipt of application) otherwise than by
way of dismissal or discharge on account of misconduct or
inefficiency or physical disability attributable to military service
or invalidment.
5. Persons Ordinarily domiciled of the state of Jammu & Kashmir 5 years

during the period 01.01.1980 to 31.12.1989

NOTE : CUMULATIVE AGE RELAXATION WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE EITHER UNDER
THE ABOVE ITEMS
OR IN COMBINATION WITH ANY OTHER ITEMS.
2. RESERVATION FOR PERSONS WITH DISABILITY (PWD) :
Vacancies are reserved for Orthopaedically Handicapped (OH) and Visually
Handicapped (VH) as per Persons
with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights & Full Participation) Act,
1995. Following categories
of Persons with Disabilities are eligible to get the benefit of reservationCategories of Persons with Disabilities
OA OL OAL BL B L V
OA -One Arm, OL-One Leg, OAL-One Arm and One Leg, BL-Both Leg, BBlind, L V-Low Vision
(a) Persons with OA and OAL category should have normal bilateral hand
functions.
(b) Blindness refers to a condition where a person suffers from any of the
following Conditions, namely:-(i) T otal absence of sight; or
(ii) Visual acuity not exceeding 6/60 or 20/200 (snellen) in the better eye
with Correcting lenses; or
(iii) Limitation of the field of vision subtending an angle of 20 degree or
worse;
(c) Person with Low Vision means a person with impairment of visual
functioning even after treatment or
standard refractive correction but who uses or is potentially capable of using
vision for the planning or
execution of a task with appropriate assistive device.
(d) Only such persons would be eligible for reservations who suffer from not less
than 40 per cent of relevant
disabilities. A person who wants to avail of benefit of reservation would have
to submit a Disability Certificate
as per format prescribed by Ministry of Social
Notification No. G.S.R. 2 (E)
dated 30.12.2009.
Use of Scribe & Compensatory Time:

Justice and Empowerment'

(i) The facility of Scribe / Reader would be allowed to any person who has
disability of 40 % or more (only those
candidates with disabilities who have physical limitation to write including that of
speed) if so desired by the
person. The compensatory time (20 minutes for every hour) would be
applicable to such candidates.
(ii) Candidates with low vision will be allowed compensatory time while writing the
examination regardlessof
whether they opt for amanuenses/scribe or self writing or with the help of
assistive devices like magnifier.
(iii) The scribe will be allowed to be used as per the guidelines issued vide Office
Memorandum F . No. 16-1 10/
2003-DD.III dated February 26, 2013 of Government of India, Ministry of
Social Justice and Empowerment,
Department of Disability Affairs, New Delhi and clarification issued by
Government of India, Ministry of
Finance, Deptt. Of Financial Services vide letter F . No.3/2/2013 - Welfare
dated 26.04.2013.
(iv) Any candidate who is not eligible to use scribe as per the guidelines
referred to above and uses scribe in the
written examination shall be disqualified to participate further in the
recruitment process. Any candidate who
is using scribe should ensure that he is eligible to use scribe in the
examination as per the above guidelines.
Any candidate using scribe in violation of the above guidelines shall stand
disqualified and can be removed
from service without notice, if has already joined the Bank.
3. CATEGORY
Instructions for writing Category Name and Category Code no. while applying
online.
Candidates belonging to OBC category but coming in the 'CREAMY LA YER', are not
entitled to
OBC reservation and age relaxation. They should indicate their category as
'GEN' or 'GEN (OH)' or
'GEN (VH)' (as applicable).
Various category names and their code numbers are given below.

PLEASE NOTE THAT CHANGE OF CATEGORY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED AT ANY

STAGE AFTER
REGISTRATION OF ONLINE APPLICATION.
4. SELECTION PROCEDURE :
Phase-I : Preliminary Examination: Preliminary Examination consisting of
Objective T ests for 100 marks will be
conducted online. This test would be of 1 hour duration consisting of 3
Sections as follows:
Candidates have to qualify in each of the three tests by securing passing marks
to be decided by the Bank.
Adequate number of candidates in each category as decided by the Bank
(approximately 20 times the numbers
of vacancies subject to availability) will be short listed for the Main
Examination.
Phase II:Main Examination: Main Examination will consist of Objective T ests for
200 marks and Descriptive
T est for 50 marks. Both the Objective and Descriptive T ests will be online.
Candidates will have to answer
Descriptive test by typing on the computer. Immediately after completion of
Objective T est, Descriptive T est will
be administered.
(i) Objective Test: The Objective T est of 2 hour duration consists of 4 Sections with
50 marks each (T otal 200
marks) as follows:
a) T est of English Language (Grammar , Vocabulary , Comprehension etc.)
b) T est of General Awareness, Marketing &Computers
c) T est of Data Analysis & Interpretation
d) T est of Reasoning (High Level)
The candidates are required to qualify in each of the T ests by securing
passing marks, to be decided by the Bank.
(ii) Descriptive Test: The Descriptive T est of 1 hour duration with 50 marks will be a
T est of English Language
(Letter Writing & Essay).
Category Code Category Code Category Code Category Code

SC 01 ST 04 OBC 07 GEN 10
SC(OH) 02 ST(OH) 05 OBC(OH) 08 GEN(OH) 1 1
SC(VH) 03 ST(VH) 06 OBC(VH) 09 GEN(VH) 12
SL. Name of test No. of Questions Marks Duration
1. English Language 30 30 Composite Time of
2. Quantitative Aptitude 35 35 1 hour
3. Reasoning Ability 35 35
T otal 100 100
(Contd. on next page...)
(...contd. from previous page)
The candidates are required to qualify in the Descriptive T est by securing passing
marks, to be decided by the
Bank.
Descriptive Test paper of only those candidates will be evaluated who have
scored qualifying marks
in the Objective Tests and are placed adequately high as per total marks in
objective test.
Phase III: Group Discussion (20 marks) & Interview (30 marks)
The aggregate marks of candidates qualifying in both the Objective T ests
and Descriptive T est will be arranged in
descending order in each category . Adequate number of candidates in each
category , as decided by the Bank will
be called for Group Discussion and Interview . The qualifying marks in Group
Discussion &Interview will be as
decided by the Bank.
Candidates qualifying for GD & Interview under 'OBC' category would be required to
submit OBC
certificate containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause. Candidates not submitting
the OBC certificate
containing the 'Non Creamy layer' clause and requesting to be interviewed under
General category
will not be entertained.
Final Selection

The marks obtained in the Preliminary Examination (Phase-I) will not be added for
the selection and only the
marks obtained in Main Examination (Phase-II) will be added to the marks
obtained in GD & Interview (Phase-III)
for preparation of the final merit list.
The candidates will have to qualify both in Phase-II and Phase-III separately .
Marks secured by the candidates in
the Written T est (out of 250 marks) are converted to out of 75 and marks
secured in Group Discussion & Interview
(out of 50 marks) are converted to out of 25. The final merit list is arrived at
after aggregating converted marks of
Written T est and Group Discussion &Interview out of 100 for each category . The
selection will be made from the
top merit ranked candidates in each category .
Results of the candidates who have qualified for GD & Interview and the list of
candidates finally selected will be
made available on the Bank's website. Final select list will be published in
Employment News/ Rozgar Samachar.
5. The examination will be held in the month of June 2015 (T entatively). The
Tentative List of examination
centres is provided under Point No. : 16.
Candidate should choose the name of the Centre where he/she desires to
take the examination. NO CHANGE IN
THE CHOICE OF EXAMINATION CENTRE WILL BE ENTERTAINED UNDER ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES. BANK
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ADD OR DELETE ANY CENTRE OR ALTER
EXAMINATION DATE AT ITS
DISCRETION.
6. EMOLUMENTS :
PAY: The starting basic pay is Rs.16,900/-(with 4 increments) in the scale of Rs.
14500-600/7-18700-700/2-20100-800/7-25700 applicable to Junior Management
Grade Scale I. The official will also be eligible for D.A,
H.R.A & C.C.A as per rules in force from time to time. The compensation
per annum at Mumbai is around
Rs. 8,55,000/-. The break up of monthly compensation is as under:

Cash Component : 36,046/-Bank's contribution to PF : 1,690/-Housing (Lease

Rental) : 29,500/-Perquisites (Conveyance, Newspapers, Entertainment
allowance, House & Furniture Maintenance etc. 4,130/-In addition, the
officers are also entitled to other benefits like
(i) Medical Aid for self (100%) and for family (75%)
(ii) Home Travel Concession/Leave Fare Concession
(iii) Concessional Interest Rates for Housing/Car/Personal Loans
The salary scales are under revision with effect from November 2012.
CAREER PATH
The Probationary Officers will be on probation of two years during which they will be
given intensive training.
T owards the end of their probation / training period, they will be subjected to a
screening process. While those
Officers who achieve the predetermined standards may be confirmed and given
placement in the next higher
grade i.e., Officer Middle Management Grade Scale-II, others who qualify in the
test but fail to achieve the
standards set for placement in Middle Management Grade Scale-II, will be
confirmed as Officer Junior
Management Grade Scale-I. The services of those Officers who fail to qualify in
this process will be terminated.
Bank provides immense opportunities for growth in the Bank including opportunities
for postings abroad. The
attractive promotion policy of the Bank provides an opportunity to the
meritorious and exceptionally brilliant
officers to reach the T op Management Grade in a reasonably quick time.
7. APPLICATION FEE AND INTIMA TION CHARGE: (Non Refundable)
The Bank may add additional centres or may delete some of the centres
indicated for training. Candidates opting
for pre-examination training should download their call letter for training by
entering their registration number and
password/ date of birth from 26.05.2015 onwards from Bank's website. No hard
copy of the call letter will be sent
by post.
9. Number of chances:

Sr. No. Category Total

1. SC/ST/PWD Rs.100/- (Intimation Charges only)
2. General and Others Rs. 600/- (App. Fee including intimation charges)
Fee/Intimation charges once paid will NOT be refunded on any account nor
can it be held in reserve for any other
examination or selection.
8. PRE-EXAMINATION TRAINING :
SBI may arrange pre-examination training at certain centres for
SC/ST/Religious Minority Community candidates
in consonance with the guidelines issued by Government of India. Candidates
belonging to the above categories
who desire to avail themselves of such training at their own cost may indicate
to that effect against relevant
column while applying on-line. An indicative list of training centres is given
below :
Category Number of Chances
General 4
General (PWD) 7
OBC 7
OBC(PWD) 7
SC/SC(PWD)/ ST/ ST(PWD) No Restriction
Candidates who have already appeared for the maximum number of chances
permissible are not eligible to to
apply . The number of chances will be counted from the examination held on
18.04.2010.
10 .HOW TO APPL Y
GUIDELINES FOR FILLING ONLINE APPLICATION:
Candidates will be required to register themselves online through Bank's website
www.statebankofindia.com
or www.sbi.co.in. After registration candidates are required to pay the requisite
application fee through online
mode by using debit card/ credit card/Internet Banking.
Pre-requisites for Applying Online

Candidates should have valid email ID which should be kept active till the
declaration of results. It will help
him/her in getting call letter/interview advices etc. by email.
PA YMENT OF FEES : [ONLINE MODE ONLY] :
i. Candidates should first scan their photograph and signature as detailed under
guidelines for scanning the
photograph and signature.
ii. Candidates to visit Bank's website www.statebankofindia.com or www.sbi.co.in
and open the appropriate
Online Application Format, available in the 'careers with us' link.
iii. Fill the application carefully . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the data. In
the event of candidates not being able to fill the data in one go, they can
save the data already entered. When
the data is saved, a provisional registration number and password will be
generated by the system and
displayed on the screen. Candidates should note down the registration
number and password. They can re-open the saved data using registration
number and password and edit the particulars, if needed. This facility
will be available three times only . Once the application is filled in completely ,
candidates should submit the
data. No change /edit will be allowed thereafter . The registration at this
stage is provisional.
iv . After ensuring the correctness of the particulars of the application form,
candidates are required to pay fees
through the payment gateway integrated with the application, following the
instructions available on the
screen.
v . The payment can be made by using Debit Cards
(RuPay/Visa/MasterCard/Maestro), Credit Cards, Internet
Banking, IMPS, Cash Cards/ Mobile Wallets by providing information as asked on the
screen. Transaction
charges for online payment, if any , will be borne by the candidates.
vi. On successful completion of the transaction, e-receipt and application form
will be generated; which may be

printed for record. The printout of the application form is not to be sent to
the Bank.
vii. If the online transaction is not successfully completed, please register
again and make payment online.
viii. There is also a provision to reprint the e-Receipt and Application form
containing fee details, at later stage.
11. GUIDELINES FOR SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE
Before applying online a candidate will be required to have a scanned (digital)
image of his/her photograph and
signature as per the specifications given in Annexure-I. Online application will
not be registered unless
candidates upload photo and signature as specified.
Note:
a. In case the face in the photograph or signature is unclear, the
candidate's application may be rejected.
b. In case the photograph or signature is unclear, the candidate may edit his
application and re-upload his
photograph or signature.
12. CALL LETTERS FOR EXAMINATION:
The candidates should download their call letter and an acquaint yourself
booklet by entering their registration
number and password / date of birth, from 09.06.2015 from the Bank's
website. NO HARD COPY OF THE CALL
LETTER / ACQUAINT YOURSELF BOOKLET WILL BE SENTBY POST .
13. PROOF OF IDENTITY TO BE SUBMITTED AT THE TIME OF EXAMINTION:
The candidates must bring one photo identity proof such as passport/Adhar/P AN
Card/Driving Licence/Voter's
Card/Bank Passbook with duly attested Photograph/Identity Card issued by
college or university/Employee
ID/Gazetted Officer in the official letterhead in original as well as a selfattested Photocopy thereof. The
photocopy of Identity proof should be submitted along with call letter to the
invigilators in the
examination hall, failing which or if identity of candidates is in doubt the
candidate will not be permitted

to appear for the test.

14. ACTION AGAINST CANDIDATES FOUND GUILTY OF MISCONDUCT :
(a) Candidates are cautioned that they should not furnish any particulars that are
false, tampered/ fabricated
and they should not suppress any material information while filling up the
application form.
(b) At the time of examination/interview, if a candidate is (or has been)
found guilty of:
(i) using unfair means during the examination or (ii) impersonating or
procuring impersonation by any person
or (iii) misbehaving in the examination hall or (iv) resorting to any irregular or
improper means in connection
with his/her candidature for selection or (v) obtaining support for his/her
candidature by any unfair means,
such a candidate may, in addition to rendering himself/herself liable to criminal
prosecution, will also be
liable:
a) to be disqualified from the examination for which he/she is a candidate
b) to be debarred, either permanently or for a specified period, from any
examination or recruitment
conducted by Bank.
(c) The Bank would be analyzing the responses of a candidate with other
appeared candidates to detect
patterns of similarity . On the basis of such an analysis, if it is found that the
responses have been
shared and scores obtained are not genuine / valid, the Bank reserves the right to
cancel his/her
candidature.
(d) USE OF MOBILE PHONES, PAGERS, CALCULATOR OR ANY SUCH DEVICES:
(i) Mobile phones, pagers or any other communication devices are not allowed
inside the premises where the
examination/interview is being conducted. Any infringement of these instructions
shall entail cancellation of
candidature and disciplinary action including ban from future examinations.

(ii) Candidates are advised in their own interest not to bring any of the banned item
including mobile phones/
pagers to the venue of the examination/interview, as arrangement for
safekeeping cannot be assured.
(iii) Candidates are not permitted to use or have in possession of calculators
in examination premises.
15. GENERAL INFORMA TION:
i) Candidates are advised to take a printout of their system generated online
application form after submitting
the application.
ii) On-line registration of application & fee payment will be available from
13.04.2015 to 02.05.2015
iii) Candidates should satisfy themselves about their eligibility for the post
applied for . The Bank would admit to
the test all the candidates applying for the posts with the requisite fee on
the basis of the information
furnished in the online application and shall determine their eligibility only at
the time of interview .
iv) Candidates are advised in their own interest to apply online much before the
closing date and not to
wait till the last date to avoid the possibility of disconnection / inability /
failure to log on to the
website on account of heavy load on internet or website jam.
v) SBI does not assume any responsibility for the candidates not being able
to submit their
applications within the last date on account of aforesaid reasons or for any
other reason beyond the
control of SBI.
(Contd. on next page...)
Agartala Agra Ahmedabad Aizwal Akola Allahabad
Asansol Aurangabad Bareilly Bhubaneshwar Berhampur (Ganjam) Bhopal
Bangalore Chandigarh Chennai Coimbatore Dehradun Dibrugarh
Ernakulam Gangtok Gorakhpur Gulbarga Guwahati Hubli
Hyderabad Imphal Indore Itanagar Jabalpur Jaipur

Kanpur Kohima Kolkata Lucknow Madurai Meerut

Mumbai Mysore Nagpur NewDelhi Panaji (Goa) Patna
Port Blair Purnea Pune Raipur Ranchi Sambalpur
Silchar Siliguri Shillong Srinagar Tirupati Vadodara
Varanasi Vishakhapatnam Vijaywada
vi) Not more than one application should be submitted by a candidate. In case of
multiple applications,
only the last valid (completed) application will be retained and the
application fee / intimation
charges paid for the other registrations will stand forfeited. Multiple attendance/
appearance by a
candidate in examination and / or GD and/ or interview will be summarily
rejected/ candidature
cancelled.
vii) The possibility for occurrence of some problems in the administration of the
examination cannot be
ruled out completely , which may impact test delivery and/ or result from being
generated. In that
event, every effort will be made to rectify such problem, which may include the
conduct of another
examination if considered necessary.
viii) Candidates serving in Govt./Quasi Govt. offices, Public Sector undertakings
including Nationalised Banks
and Financial Institutions are advised to submit 'No Objection Certificate' from
their employer at the time of
interview , failing which their candidature may not be considered and travelling
expenses, if any , otherwise
admissible, will not be paid.
ix) In case of selection, candidates will be required to produce proper
discharge certificate from the employer at
the time of taking up the appointment.
x) Caste certificate issued by Competent Authority on format prescribed by
the Government of India will have to
be submitted by the SC/ST candidates, if called for interview .

xi) A declaration will have to be submitted in the prescribed format by candidates

seeking reservation under
OBC category stating that he/she does not belong to the creamy layer as on
02.05.2015. OBC certificate
containing the 'Non-creamy layer' clause, issued during the period 01.04.2015
to the date of interview ,
should be submitted by such candidates, if called for interview .
xii) Candidates are advised to keep their e-mail ID alive for receiving advices,
viz. call letters/ Interview advices
etc.
xiii) Appointment of selected candidates is subject to his /her being declared
medically fit as per the requirement
of the Bank concerned.
xiv) IN CASE IT IS DETECTED AT ANY STAGE OF RECRUITMENT THAT A
CANDIDATE DOES NOT FULFIL
THE ELIGIBILITY NORMS AND / OR THAT HE / SHE HAS FURNISHED ANY
INCORRECT / FALSE
INFORMA TION OR HAS SUPPRESSED ANYMATERIAL FACT(S), HIS /HERCANDIDA
TURE WILL
STAND CANCELLED. IF ANY OF THESE SHORTCOMINGS IS / ARE DETECTED
EVEN AFTER
APPOINTMENT , HIS /HER SERVICES ARE LIABLETOBE TERMINATED.
xv) Any legal proceedings in respect of any matter of claim or dispute arising
out of this advertisement and/or an
application in response thereto can be instituted only in Mumbai and
courts/tribunals/ forums at Mumbai only
shall have sole and exclusive jurisdiction to try any cause/dispute.
16. EXAMINATION CENTERS (T entative List)
The preliminary examination may be held at the following centres and the
address of the venue will be advised in
the call letters. Bank reserves the right to cancel any of the Examination
Centres and/ or add some other Centre,
at its discretion, depending upon the reponse, administrative feasibility , etc.
Bank also reserves the right to allot

the candidate to any centre other than the one he/she has opted for . The centres
for Main Examination may be
limited.
(...contd. from previous page)
CANVASSING IN ANYFORM WILLBE ADISQUALIFICATION
Mumbai, GENERALMANAGER
Date: 13.04.2015
This advertisement is also available on Bank's Website :
http://www.statebankofindia.com or http://www .sbi.co.in.
The Bank is not responsible for printing errors, if any
PHOTOGRAPH IMAGE:
? Photograph must be a recent passport size colour picture.
? The picture should be in colour, against a light-coloured, preferably white,
background.
? Look straight at the camera with a relaxed face.
? If the picture is taken on a sunny day , have the sun behind you, or place
yourself in the shade, so
that you are not squinting and there are no harsh shadows.
? If you have to use flash, ensure there's no red-eye.
? If you wear glasses make sure that there are no reflections and your eyes
can be clearly seen.
? Caps, hats and dark glasses are not acceptable. Religious headwear is allowed
but it must not
cover your face.
? Dimensions 200 x 230 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 20kb50kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 50KB. If the size of
the file is more
than 50KB, then adjust the settings of the scanner such as the DPI
resolution, no. of colours etc.,
during the process of scanning.
(ii) SIGNATURE IMAGE:
? The applicant has to sign on white paper with Black Ink pen.

? The signature must be signed only by the applicant and not by any other
person.
? If the Applicant's signature on the answer script, at the time of the
examination, does not match
the signature on the Attendance Sheet, the applicant will be disqualified.
? Dimensions 140 x 60 pixels (preferred).
? Size of file should be between 10kb 20kb.
? Ensure that the size of the scanned image is not more than 20KB.
SCANNING THE PHOTOGRAPH & SIGNATURE:
? Set the scanner resolution to a minimum of 200 dpi (dots per inch).
? Set Color to True Color.
? File Size as specified above.
? Crop the image in the scanner to the edge of the photograph/signature, then
use the upload
editor to crop the image to the final size (as specified above).
? The image file should be JPG or JPEG format. An example file name is:
image01.jpg or
image01.jpeg Image dimensions can be checked by listing the folder files or
moving the mouse
over the file image icon.
Candidates using MS Windows/MS Office can easily obtain photo and signature in
.jpeg format not
exceeding 50KB & 20KB respectively by using MS Paint or MS Office Picture Manager
. Scanned
photograph and signature in any format can be saved in .jpg format by using
'Save As' option in the
File menu and size can be reduced below 50KB (photograph) & 20KB
(signature) by using crop and
then resize option [Please see point (i) & (ii) above for the pixel size] in the 'Image'
menu. Similar
options are available in other photo editor also.
If the file size and format are not as prescribed, an error message will be
displayed.

While filling in the Online Application Form the candidate will be provided with a link
to upload his
photograph and signature.
Procedure for Uploading the Photograph and Signature
(i) There will be two separate links for uploading Photograph and Signature.
(ii) Click on the respective link Upload Photograph / Signature.
(iii) Browse & Select the location where the Scanned Photo / Signature file
has been saved.
(iv) Select the file by clicking on it.
(v) Click the 'Upload' button.
Annexure - I
1 1 Andaman & Nicobar Port Blair
12 Andhra Pradesh Chirala, Chittoor, Guntur , Kakinada, Kurnool, Nellore,
Ongole, Puttur, Rajahmundhry , Srikakulam, Tirupati,
Vijaywada, Vishakhapatnam, Vizianagaram
13 Arunachal Pradesh Itanagar Naharlagun
14 Assam Dibrugarh, Guwahati, Jorhat, Kokrajhar, Silchar T ezpur
15 Bihar Arrah, Aurangabad, Bihar Sharif, Bhagalpur, Darbhanga, Gaya,
Hajipur, Muzaffarpur , Patna, Purnea, Samastipur , Siwan
16 Chandigarh Chandigarh
17 Chhattisgarh Bhilai, Bilaspur, Raipur
18 Goa Panaji, Verna
19 Gujarat Ahmedabad, Anand, Gandhinagar, Himmatnagar , Jamnagar ,
Mehsana, Rajkot, Surat, Vadodara
20 Haryana Ambala, Bahadurgarh, Hissar, Karnal, Kurukshetra, Panipat,
Palwal, Rohtak, Sonipat, Yamunanagar
21 Himachal Pradesh Baddi, Bilaspur, Dharamshala, Hamirpur , Kangra, Kullu,
Mandi,
Shimla, Sirmaur, Solan, Una
22 Jammu & Kashmir Jammu, Kathua, Samba, Srinagar
23 Jharkhand Bokaro, Dhanbad, Hazaribag, Jamshedpur, Ranchi

24 Karnataka Belgaum, Bengaluru, Bidar, Gulbarga, Hubli, Mangalore,

Mysore, Shimoga, Udipi
25 Kerala Alappuzha, Kannur, Kochi, Kollam, Kottayam, Kozhikode,
Malappuram, Palakkad, Thrichur, Thiruvananthapuram
26 Lakshwadeep Kavarrati
27 Madhya Pradesh Bhopal, Gwalior, Indore, Jabalpur , Satna, Sagar , Ujjain
28 Maharashtra Amaravati, Aurangabad, Chandrapur, Dhule Jalgaon, Kolhapur ,
Latur, Mumbai/ Thane/Navi Mumbai, Nagpur, Nanded, Nasik,
Pune, Ratnagiri, Sangli, Satara
29 Manipur Imphal
30 Meghalaya Ri-Bhoi, Shillong
31 Mizoram Aizawal
32 Nagaland Kohima
33 Delhi -NCR Delhi, Faridabad, Ghaziabad, Greater Noida, Gurgaon
34 Odisha Angul, Balasore, Bargarh, Baripada, Berhampur (Ganjam),
Bhubaneshwar, Cuttack, Dhenkanal, Jharsuguda, Rourkela,
Sambalpur
35 Puducherry Puducherry
36 Punjab Amritsar, Bhatinda, Fatehgarh Sahib, Jalandhar , Ludhiana,
Mohali, Pathankot, Patiala, Phagwara, Sangrur
37 Rajasthan Ajmer, Alwar, Bhilwara, Bikaner , Jaipur , Jodhpur , Kota,
Sikar, Udaipur
38 Sikkim Gangtok
39 T amilnadu Chennai, Coimbatore, Dindigul, Krishnagiri, Madurai, Nagercoil,
Namakkal, Perambalur, Salem, Thanjavur, Thiruchirapalli,
Tirunelvelli, Thoothukodi, Vellore
40 T elangana Hyderabad, Karimnagar, Khammam, W arangal
41 Tripura Agartala
42 Uttar Pradesh Agra, Aligarh, Allahabad, Bareilly, Bulandshaher , Gorakhpur ,
Jhansi, Kanpur, Lucknow , Mathura, Meerut, Moradabad,

Muzaffarnagar , Unnao, V aranasi

43 Uttarakhand Dehradun, Haldwani, Haridwar, Roorkee
44 West Bengal Asansol, Berhampur (West Bengal), Bardhaman, Dumkal,
Durgapur, Hooghly , Howrah, Kalyani, Kolkata, Siliguri
State CodeState/UT Centre State CodeState/UT Centre
EXAMINATION CENTERS (Tentative List) technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:
Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.

6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped

tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage, Products and news for the dental
profession
June 2005

dentalproducts.net visit us online at

C&B impressions
The H&H cordless impression technique using
PerfectIM Systems impression material
By Dr. Joe Steven, Jr., Wichita, Kan. Information provided by J. Morita USA Inc.
F
ollowing are step-by-step procedures for the H&H
cordless impression technique using PerfectIM
Systems vinyl polysiloxane impression material.
1. Immediately following the crown preparation (Fig.
1), the assistant hands the clinician a triple tray loaded
with the 30-second Blue Velvet bite registration ma-terial (J. Morita) (Fig. 2).
2. Place the tray into the patients mouth and have the pa-tient close properly and
tightly. Have the assistant hold
the patients chin, while the patient bites down for one
minute. Note:During this initial impression, there is
no hydraulic compression at the margins (Fig. 3).
3. After the material sets, ask the patient to open, keep-ing the impression firmly
seated onto the opposing
arch.
4. Rinse any blood or saliva from the impression in the
mouth and dry it (Fig. 4).
5. The assistant hands the clinician a cartridge gun that
contains SnoWhite wash material (J. Morita).Note:

Avoid injecting too much wash material into the im-pression of the prepped tooth.
This doesnt have to be
exact, but try to fill it about halfway full of the mate-rial. It is better to use less wash
material than to over-fill it and have it flow onto the adjacent teeth.
6. Inject the material only into the area of the prepped
tooth within the impression (Figs. 5 and 6) and
have the patient bite together tightly again for 1
minute (Fig. 7). During this dual impression stage,
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except

SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless
Exceptional dimensional stability
Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique

that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.

There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this
vinyl polysiloxane material.
It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab
technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at
the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not

actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.
hydraulic pressure causes the impression to precise-ly record subgingival margins in
the presence of
blood and saliva and eliminates the need for pack-ing cord (Fig. 8).
7. The assistant removes the tray, and the clinician in-spects it for accuracy (Fig. 9).
Vinyl polysiloxane
impression material.
Features
Accurate final
impressions of
subgingival margins
No retraction cord,
gingival excision, or
application of hemostatic
agents necessary
Two-step system
eliminates the time-consuming task of
packing retraction
cord and therefore any
possible subsequent
discomfort
Materials are cartridge-dispensed, radiopaque,
hydrophobic, and
thixotropic (except
SnoWhite and
Final Wash)
PerfectIM Systems Technique
Tasteless and odorless

Exceptional dimensional stability

Immersible in aqueous
disinfectants
A range of working/setting times
and viscosities is available for any
impression procedure
J. Morita USA Inc.
www.jmoritausa.com
9 Mason
Irvine, CA 92618
888-566-7482
Fig. 4Rinse blood or saliva from the
impression and dry it.
Fig. 5Inject the wash material only
on the area of the prepped tooth within
the impression. Fig. 6The appropriate area of the tooth
to inject the wash material.
Fig. 9The completed impression. Fig. 7Have the patient bite
together for one minute.
Fig. 8How the tissue and fluids displace
in patients mouth.
The H&H technique
The H&H cordless impression technique de-veloped by Dr. Jeffrey Hoos can save
any-where from 10 to 20 minutes per procedure
and much more time for multiple preps.
There are several advantages to this technique
that benefit the patient and the offices bot-tom line.
There is no need to stop the bleeding be-cause of the
hydrophobic
nature of this

vinyl polysiloxane material.

It is not necessary to pack retraction cord
because of the hydraulic pressure created
during the dual impression technique.
There is no need to use any hemostatic so-lutions that patients detest.
The procedure is efficient, simple, and in-creases patient comfort, saves treatment
time,
and gets great results.
When first trying this technique, start off with
a single-unit posterior crown and test your
technique along with your lab technician.
This technique requires more die spacing
than conventional crown techniques espe-cially at the occlusal line angles. The lab
technician must apply more die spacer (ap-proximately 40 microns), especially at
the oc-clusal and axial line angles. Every lab is dif-ferent, so simply explain that
their die spac-ing technique may need to be modified for
H&H cases.
Wait until seating the first crown before
attempting the procedure with other patients.
DPR
Fig. 3There is no hydraulic compression
at the critical margin zone.
Fig. 2Triple tray filled with Blue Velvet
bite registration material.
Fig. 1The prepared crown.
Copyright NoticeCopyright by Advanstar Communications Inc. Advanstar
Communications Inc. retains all rights to this article. This article may only be viewed
or printed (1) for personal use. User may not
actively save any text or graphics/photos to local hard drives or duplicate this article
in whole or in part, in any medium. Advanstar Communications Inc. home page is
located at http://www.advanstar.com.
Reprinted from DENTAL PRODUCTS REPORT, June 2005 Printed in U.S.A.